Submittal PDF

Project Title: DVP
Main Contractor: Pentagram Design

Trading and Contracting
Consultant: Swiss Gulf Engineering SGE
MEP Contractor:
Lead Cooling Contracting. LCC
Table of Contents
Junior BCP 30 Data Sheet ............................................................................................................................. 3
Company Profile ........................................................................................................................................... 4
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY EC .......................................................................................................... 50
Junior BCP Technical Manual ..................................................................................................................... 51
Junior BCP Control Manual ........................................................................................................................ 91
Junior BCP Electrical Diagram .................................................................................................................. 151
Junior BCP Instruction Manual ................................................................................................................ 164
UNIT
3 SELECTION:
Customer: LCC Qatar Branch: JORDAN
Mr.
Contact: Sebastian Your contact: Aladdin Sweiti
Your
reference: T108-2019 Phone: +96265855959
Fax: +96265814455
aladdin@asee-
E-mail: eng.com
Heat Pump for Swimming Pool Dehumidification and Air Conditioning
BCP JUNIOR 30
AIR CIRCUIT
Dehumidification
Capacity (kg/h): 5.1
Heating Capacity (kW): 9.4
Cooling Capacity (kW): 7.3
28 ºC / 65
Pool air data: % HR
3
Nominal air flow (m /h): 1,500
3
Maximum air flow (m /h): 1,800
3
High air flow option (m /h): -
Available static pressure

(mm. W.C): 15
Power fan (kW): 0.4
WATER CIRCUIT
NOT
Standard equipment AVAILABLE
Heating Capacity (kW): -
3
Water flow (m /h) -
Pressure drop (m.W.C.) -
HOT WATER COIL

(OPTION)
Heating Capacity (kW): 16.5
3
Water flow (m /h) 0.9
Pressure drop (m.W.C.) 2.4
Total absorbed power

(kW): 2.5
1-PH-230V-
Standard electrical supply 50 Hz
Current for power cable
selection (A) 21.6
Refrigerant Circuits 1
Refrigerant charge (kg) 2.2
Capacity to start up
water pool installation
(kW): 3
UNITED TECHNOLOGIES
THE STRENGTH OF A GLOBAL GROUP
United Technologies Corporation (UTC) is a leading provider

to the aerospace and building systems industries
worldwide.
Since January 2015, is part of UTC Climate,

Controls and Security.
3
UNITED TECHNOLOGIES
Building Aerospace
4
4
UNITED TECHNOLOGIES
Building Aerospace
5
5
HVAC EUROPE
Czech
France Republic
X3 X1
X2
Poland
X1
Spain Italy
X1 X3
X1
X5
>5 300 7 Centers 10

employees of Excellence production sites
As of December 2016
8
8
CIAT
COMMITMENTS TO EXCELLENCE
Global system Indoor Air Quality Comfort Energy

provider We are committed to We put individuals optimisation
We design global the research and at the heart of our We develop
systems based on development of strategy and create products with a
an adapted and innovative solutions interior environments constant concern
efficient aimed at improving that are renowned for for performance.
combination of indoor air quality. their quality.
products.
ENVIRONMENTAL THINKING
CIAT pursues an exemplary quality approach to developing

sustainable and efficient systems which conform to the standards
of today and anticipate those of tomorrow.
11
GLOBAL SYSTEM PROVIDER
12
PRODUCT OFFERING
Air handling units
& close control units
Rooftops, autonomous,
air-to-air & water-to-air units
Air heaters
& ventilation
Cassettes, fan coil units

& ductable units
13
PRODUCT OFFERING
Air-to-water heat pumps
& air-cooled chillers
Water-to-water heat pumps

& water-cooled chillers
Thermal energy storage,

dry-coolers
& heat exchangers
Air conditioners
14
SMART ENERGY MANAGEMENT
SMART CIATCONTROL
Connected to all HVAC components (refrigeration, comfort units, air handling
unit), Smart CIATControl adapts the efficiency of the thermodynamic producer to
emitter needs in real time.
The optimisation offered by Smart CIATControl allow an average energy saving

of 40% for the building.
30
SERVICE SOLUTIONS
Throughout the lifecycle of your HVAC system
HVAC EXPERTS CLOSE AT HAND From project analysis

to commissioning & operation
+ 60 service technicians
MAINTENANCE
Continuous training
MODERNISATION
Nearby experts PARTS
Online parts shop REPAIRS
Training center MONITORING
Hotline CONTROLS
Technical support
31
EUROPEAN PARTS CENTER
STRONG SUPPLY CHAIN & SERVICE EXCELLENCE
99% 540 70,000

MANAGED
DEDICATED TEAM & EXPERT ON TIME DELIVERY SUPPLIERS
PARTS NUMBER
ADVICES
PARTS QUALITY
Universal parts
Factory authorized parts
Kits solution
Consultancy
Railways 5.9/7
CUSTOMER SATISFACTION
Mining
32
CIATM2M
Monitoring solution for CIAT units
BUILDING REAL-TIME
ALARMS REPORTS
DATA
Better profitability
FOR SYSTEM PLANT Equipment availability
Steady indoor air quality
Optimal equipment control
Fully secured connection
FOR EQUIPMENT
Chiller Air Handling Unit Heat pump Roof top Close control AC Dry cooler
33
SOLUTIONS FOR ALL APPLICATIONS
2 6
3
7
1 4 5 8 7
1 Cité des Vins, Bordeaux, France – 2 Picasso Museum, Paris, France – 3 Minatec, Grenoble, France – 4 Hospital Del Mar, Barcelona, Spain – 5 Golden
Apple, Moscow, Russia – 6 Mauritius Central Bank, Ebene, Mauritius – 7 Arena, Aix-en-Provence, France – 8 Telecom City, Moscow, Russia – 9 Loden
Frey, Munich, Germany 35
CENTERS OF EXCELLENCE
At the heart of innovation
THE STRENGTH OF A GLOBAL GROUP
TECHNOLOGY / PRODUCT CO-DEVELOPING PROGRAM
UTRC
 Advanced technologies
 ~600 engineers
 Otis - Pratt & Whitney - UTC Aerospace Systems - UTC CCS
HVAC TECHNOLOGY
 Components & technologies development
 ~300 engineers
HVAC EUROPE R&D CENTRE

 Product development
 ~400 engineers
37
WORLD-CLASS OPERATIONS
Beroun
Light commercial
Montluel chillers & TFCU
Commercial Chillers
Verone
Plate & Gasket Heat
Culoz Exchangers
AHU, TCFU & Heat
Exchangers
Vence
Montilla Climate Control Systems
Rooftop & Packaged
4 Centers 5
of Excellence Production Sites 38
38
CENTER OF EXCELLENCE
Airside
AIRSIDE
> 780 7 platforms 94,000m²

employees dedicated to airside
applications
40
As of December 2016 40
AIRSIDE
New laboratory with
reverberant room
Laboratory New TFCU New
CIAT & airside factory Airside
HVAC factory laboratory
factory
1939 1960 1965 1970 1979 1980 1990 2007 2009 2016
1965 1980 2007 2016

First fan coil for offices New industrial New heat pump up
New generation of
and public buildings dry-coolers to 500 kW
air handling unit
41
AIRSIDE
Dedicated to indoor environment quality
42
42
AIRSIDE
Dedicated to indoor environment quality
43
43
AIRSIDE
R&D Center and Laboratory
MODELING INDOOR
TESTING
ANALYSIS PLATFORMS ENVIRONMENTAL
SIMULATION QUALITY
& COMPUTATION  Heat Exchangers  Acoustic platform
up to 2000 kW
 Computational Fluid  Comfort test platform
Dynamics (CFD)  Air Handling Units
up to 35,000 m3/h  Indoor Air Quality platform
 Indoor comfort
simulation  Thermal Units
up to 200 KW & 23,000 m3/h
 Reliability Tests
 Heat recovery system &

coils test platform
up to 30 000 m3/h & 300 kW
44
44
AIRSIDE
Ultra-modern factory
FACTORY MODERNISATION AIRSIDE SPECIALIST
 New production lines  Increased Productivity
 New metal shop  High Flexibility
 New paint shop
New paint shop
New production lines
45
45
AIRSIDE
Production lines
CLIMACIAT
airaccess – airtech - airclean
Air Handling
Units (1,000 to 60,000 m3/h)
EXPAIR MAGISTER
Close Control
Units (1,000 to 12,000 m3/h) (3,000 to 27,500 m3/h)
HELIOTHERME, SILENTHERME
Air heaters
46
AIRSIDE
Production lines
Fan coil units Ductable units Cassettes

COADIS LINE
MAJOR LINE COMFORT LINE
& MELODY II
Terminal Units
OPERA VEXTRA
Dry Coolers
(up to 1,160 kW) (up to 2,090 kW)
47
AIRSIDE
Production lines
BCV - BSH - SPN

Coils
(500 to 150 000 m3/h)
DRYPACK
Biogas
dehumidification (up to 6 000 Nm3/h )
system
COREVA OPTIMA CORELIS
Shell and tubes (50kw to 3000kW ) (50 to 7000kW ) (up to 32 Bar)

heat exchangers 48
Chillers & Heat pumps
CHILLER & HEAT PUMP
> 800 7,500m² 32,000m²

employees
Largest European Largest European
HVAC laboratory chiller plant
50
CHILLER & HEAT PUMP
Compressor Accredited Lead & Design

factory Laboratory Centre
1962 1970 1980 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2016
1996 2000 2004 2010 2015

First commercial screw machines with Scroll First air-cooled Heating units First screw chiller
R134a heat pump chiller with R410A with HFO R-1234ze
2012
Variable-speed
1998 screw compressor
Chiller and Heat pump
with R407C
51
CHILLER & HEAT PUMP
MODELING ANALYSIS
PROTOTYPES 15 INDIVIDUAL CUSTOMIZATION 15
SIMULATION
& TESTS TEST ROOMS
& COMPUTATION INDIVIDUAL
TEST
 Model-Based  R&D test  Ambient control from  Dedicated team
Definition (MBD) -25°C to +55°C ROOMS
 Customer  Bespoke solutions
 Computational Fluid witness test  1.200 measurement
Dynamics (CFD) sensors  Applied engineering
(Marine, Offshore,
 Finite Element  Water-cooled unit test Nuclear, Seismic…)
Analysis (FEA) capacity of 3.600kW
 3-D design  Air-cooled unit test

capacity of 2.800kW
 Total test capacity of

6MW
 Acoustic measurement 52
52
CHILLER & HEAT PUMP
Best-in-class operation
QUALITY
DOCUMENTATION
SUPPLIER
QUALITY
FACTORY Material certificate,
inspection, control,
QUALITY
proof test reports, etc…
Suppliers subject to
LEAN stringent selection process indexed and available
MANUFACTURING upon request
Critical suppliers actively
Each unit subject to
tracked on regular basis
quality plan, self-
inspection check list 100% of purchased
One line per product and testing components supplier-
certified compliant and
Parallel with the same Processes Key
conform
direction Characteristics following
Go from spare part Certification Process
reception to expedition Air and Helium replaced
by Nidron 5% (95%N,
5%H) for leak and
pressure test
53
CHILLER & HEAT PUMP
54
* Hydrociat and Aquaciat 252-1702 ranges 54
CHILLER & HEAT PUMP
Production lines
AQUACIAT AQUACIATPOWER POWERCIAT2
Air-cooled (40-160kW) (160-660kW) (600-1350kW)
DYNACIAT DYNACIATPOWER HYDROCIAT HYDROCIATTURBO
Water-cooled (20-190kW) (220-710kW) (270-1750kW) (1170-1600kW)
55
Rooftop & Packaged solutions
ROOFTOP & PACKAGE SOLUTIONS
Specialized
roof-top laboratory 40,000m²
> 300 Largest European Largest Spain
employees
aircraft conditioning HVAC plant
units laboratory
57
Packaged
First New factory New factory
& Chillers
Laboratory 20,000 m² enlargement
Engineering &
manufacturing 40,000 m²
1986 1992 1999 2000 2001 2002 2005 2011 2016
1999 2000 2002 2016

First Pre-Conditioned Air First
First First Inverter HP
ranges
for aircraft unit with deshumectation Pre-Conditioned Air
R407c unit for aircraft unit
58
MODELING ANALYSIS
PROTOTYPES 2 INDIVIDUAL CUSTOMIZATION
SIMULATION
& TESTS TEST ROOMS
& COMPUTATION
 Model-Based  R&D test  Ambient control from  Dedicated team
Definition (MBD) -15°C to +55°C
 Customer  Customization
 Advanced witness test  Thermal, acoustic and projects
thermodynamic vibration tests
analysis  Applied engineering
 Specific tests for
 3-D design Pre-Conditioned Air  Pre-conditioned Air
for aircraft for Aircraft
59
QUALITY
DOCUMENTATION
SUPPLIER
QUALITY
FACTORY Material certificate,
QUALITY inspection, control,
proof test reports, etc…
Suppliers subject to
LEAN stringent selection process indexed and available
MANUFACTURING upon request
Critical suppliers actively
Each unit subject to
tracked on regular basis
quality plan, self-
inspection check list Purchased components
Standardized work and testing supplier-certified
Continuous flow compliant and conform
Processes Key
Poka-Yoke (mistake- Characteristics
proofing) following Certification
Process
Kaizen (continuous
improvement)
Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM)
Just In Time (JIT)
60
61
61
SPACE PF SPACE PF SPACE

SPACE PG
90-360 415-1200 AQUA FX
(3,200 to (14,400 to (9,600 to (14,400 to

ROOFTOPS 50,600 m3/h) 28,800 m3/h) 36,000 m3/h)
19,080 m3/h)
HCOMPACT2 VCOMPACT N-NE
PACKAGED (2,000 to 8,400 m3/h) (2,000 to 16,800 m3/h)
62
Climate Control Systems
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEMS
Pool of engineers with dual cooling, heating & automation expertise
EXPERTISE & Engineering, design & technical support
KNOW HOW Test platform
Involved in European research & innovation projects
THERMAL SMART
ENERGY STORAGE SERVICES
A worldwide player Climate control solutions compatible
Shift electricity consumption from with every Building Management System
peak to off peak hours (BMS)
For peak cooling systems HVAC plant and system management
> 500 -1000 kW Energy metering
Turnkey projects Equipment control
100% smart grids compatible Monitoring
THANK YOU
DECLARACIÓN DE CONFORMIDAD CE
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY EC – DÉCLARATION DE CONFORMITÉ CE
El Fabricante / The Manufacturer / Le Fabricant:
COMPAÑÍA INDUSTRIAL DE APLICACIONES TÉRMICAS, S.A.

Pol. Ind. “Llanos de Jarata”, c/ Narciso Monturiol S/N - 14.550 Montilla (Córdoba - ESPAÑA)
Declara que el producto descrito a continuación / Declares that the designated product below / Déclare que le produit désigné ci-dessous:
Marca / Trademark / Marque : CIAT
Denominación Producto / Designation / Désignation:

AUTÓNOMOS/ Packaged/ Packaged:
PARTIDOS / SPLIT : ISC, ICZ, RSC, RCZ
COMPACTO / COMPACT: IPF, RPF, IPJ, RPJ, ISPK, IXF, RXF, IXH, RXH, IXV, RXV, IXP, RXP,
RPLD, IPLA, RPLA, IPLC, RPLC
UTAS PISCINA / Pool air handling units / Unités de traitement dáir pour piscines:
BCP (JUNIOR / AQUAIR / AIRMASTER / AQUAIR PREMIUM)
PLANTAS AIRE-AGUA / air-water Units / Unités air-eau :
LP
UNIDAD TERMINAL/ Terminal Units: KCN, KCH
PCA: ADX, RDX, IADX, RADX, IBDX, RBDX
es conforme a las directivas y normas armonizadas / is in conformity with the following directives / est conforme aux dispositions:
2014/35/EU Directiva Baja Tensión / Low Voltage Directive / Directive Basse Tension (LVD)
[EN 60204-1:2006 +A1:2009+Corr:2010]
2006/42/CE Directiva de Maquinas / Machinery Directive / Directive Machines (MD)
[EN 3746: 2010] [EN 13857: 2008]
2014/30/EU Compatibilidad Electromagnética / Electromagnetic Compatibility / Compatibilite Electromagnetique (EMC)
[EN 61000-6-2:2005] [EN 61000-6-4:2007+A1:2011] [EN 61000-3-11:2000] [EN 61000-3-12:2011]
2014/68/EU Directiva de Equipos a Presión / Pressurized Equipment Directive / Directive Equipements sous Pression (PED).
[EN 378-2:2008 +A2:2012]
Module H.ECA (Grupo BUREAU VERITAS) ON 0056. Certificate Number Nº CE-0056-PED-H-CIA 002-17 ESP
Av. Can Fatjó dels Aurons, 9 Parque Empresarial A7 Edificio Palausibaris 08174 Sant Cugat del Vallés
08174 SANT CUGAS DEL VALLES (Barcelona) Spain
2011/65/UE Directiva RoHS / RoHS Directive / Directive RoHS (RoSH)
[EN 50581:2012]
2009/125/EC Directiva Eco-Diseño / Eco-Design Directive / Directive Eco-Conception (ECO-DESIGN)
2017/1369 Reglamento EU Etiquetado Energético / Energy-Labelling / étiquetage énergétique (ECO-LABELLING)
La presente declaración de conformidad se expide bajo la exclusiva responsabilidad del fabricante. / This declaration is issued
under the sole responsibility of the manufacturer/ Cette déclaration est émise sous la seule responsabilité du fabricant.
Montilla, 18 de Mayo de 2018
1/1
Jose Luís Orobia (General Manager )
Compañía Industrial de Aplicaciones Térmicas, S.A.
Pol. Ind. Llanos de Jarata, s/n.14550 Montilla (Córdoba). ESPAÑA.
Air handling units TECHNICAL BROCHURE
for swimming pools
NA 17.649 A 06 - 2017
Junior BCP Series

Dehumidification units
Junior BCP
Air handling units for
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Contents
Description...............................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Range ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Operation limits........................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Basic diagrams ........................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Unit components......................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Standard equipment ..........................................................................................................................................................................................4
Air circuit ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Cooling circuit....................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Protections ........................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Electric panel.....................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Options ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Available assemblies ...............................................................................................................................................................................................5
Junior BCP - 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60 .....................................................................................................................................................................5
Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 ...................................................................................................................................................................................5
Sound levels dB(A) ..................................................................................................................................................................................................5
Technical characteristics..........................................................................................................................................................................................6
Technical characteristics of the independent return module (optional)....................................................................................................................7
Maximum intensities (A) ..........................................................................................................................................................................................7
Electrical heater (optional) .......................................................................................................................................................................................7
Pressure drops in the water condenser ...................................................................................................................................................................8
Corrosion behaviour ..............................................................................................................................................................................................8
Dimensions schemes ..............................................................................................................................................................................................9
Junior BCP - 20 / 30 horizontal outlet (mm) ......................................................................................................................................................9
Junior BCP - 20 / 30 vertical outlet (optional) (mm) ........................................................................................................................................10
Junior BCP - 40 / 50 / 60 horizontal outlet (mm) .............................................................................................................................................11
Junior BCP - 40 / 50 / 60 vertical outlet (optional) (mm) ................................................................................................................................12
Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 (assembly M00) (mm) ............................................................................................................................................13
Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 (assembly M11) (mm) .............................................................................................................................................16
Supply plenum: Dimensions (mm).........................................................................................................................................................................19
Dimensions of the independent return module .....................................................................................................................................................20
Independent module with mixing box with 3 dampers and rear return fan (M0) for Junior BCP (mm). ..........................................................20
Independent module with mixing box with 3 dampers and top return fan (M1) for Junior BCP (mm) .............................................................21
Characteristics of the supply fan ...........................................................................................................................................................................22
Characteristics of the return fan (optional) ............................................................................................................................................................26
Remote condensation (optional): Junior DUAL .....................................................................................................................................................30
Assembly recommendations .................................................................................................................................................................................38
Location...........................................................................................................................................................................................................38
Hydraulic connections .....................................................................................................................................................................................38
Electrical Connections.....................................................................................................................................................................................38
Commissioning................................................................................................................................................................................................38
2 HEAT PUMPS - AIR CONDITIONING - REFRIGERATION - AIR HANDLING - HEAT EXCHANGE - NA 17.649 A
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Dehumidification capacity: 3,9 to 15,2 kg/h
Heating and dehumidification

for covered swimming pools
Low consumption
Electromechanical control
DESCRIPTION BASIC DIAGRAMS

The Junior BCP Series are dehumidification units, using a cooling Junior BCP 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60
circuit with total condensation heat recovery, specially designed for
conventional covered swimming pools and other dehumidification Evaporating Condensing Water
coil coil auxiliary coil
applications.
Outlet fan
These units have been designed for indoor assembly.
Consult in the case of special applications (marine environments, high
concentrations of salts or chemical products, high temperatures, etc.).
C1 Input Output
RANGE
Junior BCP Series: 1 cooling circuit, 1 compressor, 8 models: Junior BCP 70 / 80 / 90 (40 / 50 / 60 optional)
• 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60 / 70 / 80 / 90.
Evaporating Condensing Water
Outlet fan
OPERATION LIMITS
Air inlet dry temperature
Maximum: 35ºC (65% RH - 29ºC WB)
Input Output
Minimum: 18ºC (90% RH - 17ºC WB)
Plate
Water inlet temperature to the condenser exchanger
Maximum: 35ºC
C1
Minimum: 20ºC
HEAT PUMPS - AIR CONDITIONING - REFRIGERATION - AIR HANDLING - HEAT EXCHANGE - NA 17.649 A 3
swimming pools
Junior BCP
UNIT COMPONENTS
Casing • For the temperature (optional): temperature probe and a digital
controller which acts on the auxiliary hot water or electric coil,
- Sandwich panel casing made of galvanised steel metal 1 mm thick
proportional three-way valve for hot water coil.
with polyester paint on the outside and inside and 25 mm glass fibre
insulation.
Options
- Self-supporting frame and removable access panels. Door with
hinges to access the electric panel. - DUAL remote aerocondenser: makes it possible to select, based on
- Panels with rubber gasket closures to ensure tightness. needs for comfort, for the condensation to be done in the indoor air
circuit or in the remote outdoor condenser.
- Dimensions adapted for fitting doors with a width of > 680 mm
(removable supports in models 40, 50 and 60). - Copper pipe coils and copper fins.
- Antifreeze thermostat.
Air circuit - Auxiliary electrical heaters in 1 or 2 stages with built-in control.
- Reusable G3 filter with access for cleaning. - Hot water auxiliary coil in two rows with proportional three-way valve
with polyurethane or copper-copper coating.
- Direct expansion cooling coil with cooper pipes and aluminium fins,
with polyurethane protection. - Water condenser made of special steel SMO-254 with copper welding
(models 40 to 60).
- Condensates drain pan in stainless steel with outlet hole. This pan
is tilted towards the drain to ensure that no water is trapped inside - Flexible connections for the water condenser and for the hot water
thus preventing health problems. auxiliary coil.
- Condensing coil with copper pipes and aluminium fins, with - G4 filters.
polyurethane protection. - Differential pressostat for clogged filters.
- Centrifugal fan in galvanised steel metal with direct coupling to the - Supply plenum (models 70 to 90).
outdoor rotor motor with low sound level. - Mixing boxes for free-cooling, with motorised dampers and centrifugal
- Speed variation in the fan due to voltage adjustment using a manual return fan in an independent module (for the free-cooling control
potentiometer. CIATpool electronic control is required).
- Manually adjusted air bypass damper. - Shock absorbers made of rubber.
CIATpool electronic control

Cooling circuit
CIATpool control is basically composed of a μPC MEDIUM control
- Scroll-type compressor with sound insulation, assembled over shock board, a pGD1 graphical terminal, a TCO user terminal (optional)
absorbers. It includes an integral protection module which ensures and sensors.
the combined protection of the motor temperature and the outlet The control can connect to a centralised technical management
temperature. system through a BMS communication card
- Plate exchanger made of special steel SMO-254 with copper welding The control also manages a local connection between units through
positioned in parallel with the condensing coil. Standard in models a pLAN (μPC MEDIUM Local Area Network), thus allowing for a
70, 80, 90 and optional in models 40, 50, 60. maximum of 15 units to communicate data and information.
- Anti-acid dehydrator filter. The electronic control CIATpool is supplied separate from the BCP
unit in an airtight box (remote control panel).
Protections
Main functions:
- High and low pressure pressostats.
- Dehumidification control during operating modes: COOLING /
- Main door switch. HEATING / AUTO and selection of setpoints.
- Magnetothermic protection switches for the compressor power line - Permanent control of the operating parameters.
and fan motor. - View of the values measured by the sensors.
- Automatic switch in the control circuit. - Daily and weekly programming.
- Inlet limit temperature thermostat to the dehumidification coil. - Anti-fire safety device.
- Anti-short-cycle compressor timer. - Operating fault diagnosis and main alarm.
Optional functions:
Electric panel
This control allows controlling optional elements such as:
- Complete and fully wired electrical panel.
- Outdoor air damper for refreshing air.
- Main ground connection. - Mixing box for thermal or thermoenthalpic free-cooling.
- Compressor contactors and motorised fans. - Auxiliary electrical heaters.
Control - Hot water auxiliary coil.
• For relative humidity: humidity probe and digital controller for one - Air-cooled condenser for DUAL operation.
stage which acts on the compressor operation. - Clogged filter detector.
swimming pools
AVAILABLE ASSEMBLIES
Junior BCP
Junior BCP - 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60
I
R I R
Front outlet (standard) Top outlet (optional)
Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90
M00 M10 M01 M11 M02 M12

I I
I I I I
R R
R
R R R
Note: in models BCP 70 to 90 with assemblies M00, M01 and M02, the electric panel is supplied in an airtight box for remote installation (remote
control panel).
SOUND LEVELS dB(A)

Sound power level
Sound power level in the supply fan outlet and in the return (optional) fan aspiration to be taken into account for the silencer calculation:
Junior BCP 20 30 40M 40 50 60 70 80 90
Supply fan dB(A) 63 64 71 71 72 77,5 72 73,5 74,2
Return fan (optional) dB(A) 70 71 66,6 66,6 67,3 73,7 77 67,8 68,2
Sound pressure level
Measurement conditions: in free field, measured at a distance of 5 metres, directivity 2 and at 1,5 metres from the ground.
Junior BCP 20 30 40M 40 50 60 70 80 90
Standard unit dB(A) 45,4 46,1 50,7 50,2 51,4 56,3 52,9 54,0 56,6
Note: The sound pressure level depends on the installation conditions and, as such, is only indicated as a guide.
swimming pools
Junior BCP
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Junior BCP 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dehumidification capacity  (kg/h) 3,9 5,1 7,1 8,7 10,7 12,6 14,3 15,2
Heating capacity (kW) 7,2 9,4 13 16 19,8 11,3 12,8 13,9
Cooling capacity  (kW) 5,6 7,3 10,2 12,6 15,5 18,2 20,7 22
Power input (kW) 2 2,5 3,4 4 4,9 6 6,7 7,3

Air
Nominal air flow (m3/h) 1.200 1.500 2.100 2.600 3.200 3.700 4.300 4.600
circuit
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 1.440 1.800 2.520 3.120 3.840 4.440 5.160 5.520
Available static pressure (mm.w.c) 15 15 15 15 15 17 15 13
Fan type / number Centrifugal / 1
Output (kW) 0,4 0,4 0,6 0,6 0,6 1,3 1,3 1,3
Availability No Optional Standard
Heating capacity  (kW) -- -- 6,6 8,2 10,1 11,8 13,5 14,3

Water
Nominal water flow (m3/h) -- -- 1,2 1,4 1,8 2,1 2,4 2,7
condenser
Pressure drop (m.w.c) -- -- 1 1,3 1,9 1,1 1,4 1,7
Hydraulic connections -- -- 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Availability Optional
Heating capacity  (kW) 15,4 16,5 18,5 21 23,6 35 39,7 41,1

Hot water
auxiliary coil Nominal water flow (m /h) 3
0,8 0,9 1 1,1 1,2 1,8 2,1 2,1
(optional)
Pressure drop (m.w.c) 1,7 2,4 0,6 0,7 0,9 1,6 1,9 2
Hydraulic connections 3/4” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Type Scroll
Compressor Number / number of circuits 1/1
Volume of oil (l) 1 1 1,1 1,4 1,7 1,7 1,7 3,3
230 V / I ph / 50 Hz 2 Wires + Ground --

Electric power
supply 400 V / III ph / 50 Hz -- 3 Wires + Ground + Neutral
230 V / I ph / 50 Hz (±10%) (A) 17,1 21,6 30,8 -- -- -- -- --

Maximum
absorbed current 400 V / III ph / 50 Hz (±10%) (A) -- -- 15,8 17,8 20,8 17,4 20,4 20,4
Type R-407C
Global warming potential (GWP)  1.744

Refrigerant
Charge (kg) 2,3 2,2 2,8 3,4 3 4,8 4,9 5,7
Environment impact (tCO2eq) 4,0 3,8 4,9 5,9 5,2 8,4 8,5 9,9
Length (mm) 1.430 1.430 1.530 1.530 1.530 1.082 1.082 1.082
Dimensions Width (mm) 658 658 838 838 838 680 680 680
Height (mm) 636 636 700 700 700 2.143 2.143 2.143
Weight (kg) 168 172 208 212 222 300 302 329
Condensate outlet Ø 3/4” adaptor
 Cooling dehumidification capacity of the unit. When selecting the unit it is recommendable to take into account the dehumidification provided by outdoor
ventilation air (UNE 100011).
 Cooling capacity for air inlet temperature conditions of 28ºC and 65% RH
 Heating capacity for recovery circuit water 28 / 33ºC. Recovery of 50% of the condensation capacity.
 Boiler water for the hot water auxiliary coil 82 / 65ºC and air inlet at 20ºC.
 Climatic warming potential of a kilogram of fluorinated greenhouse gas in relation to a kilogram of carbon dioxide over a period of 100 years.
swimming pools
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE INDEPENDENT RETURN MODULE (OPTIONAL)
Junior BCP
Junior BCP 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Return
fan Fan type / number Centrifugal / 1
(optional)
Fan capacity (kW) 0,1 0,1 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7
Length (mm) 1.417 1.417 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500
Height (mm) 636 636 700 700 700 700 700 700
Weight (kg) 90 90 139 139 139 139 140 140
MAXIMUM INTENSITIES (A)

Junior BCP 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
230 V / I ph / 50 Hz (±10%) 13,5 18 24 -- -- -- -- --

Compressor
400 V / III ph / 50 Hz (±10%) -- -- 9 11 14 14 17 17
230 V / I ph / 50 Hz (±10%) 3,6 3,6 6,8 6,8 6,8 -- -- --

Supply fan
400 V / III ph / 50 Hz (±10%) -- -- -- -- -- 3,4 3,4 3,4
Return fan (optional) 230 V / I ph / 50 Hz (±10%) 1,4 1,4 7,2 7,2 7,2 7,2 7,2 7,2
ELECTRICAL HEATER (OPTIONAL)

Available capacities
Voltage 230 V / I ph / 50Hz

Junior BCP
Output (kW) 3 4 5 6
20 / 30 / 40M Intensity (A) 13 17,4 21,7 26,1
Voltage 400 V / III ph / 50 Hz

Junior BCP
Output (kW) 3 6 9 12 15 18
40 Intensity (A) 4,3 8,7 13 unavailable
50 Intensity (A) 4,3 8,7 13 17,3 unavailable
60 Intensity (A) 4,3 8,7 13 17,3 21,7 unavailable
70 / 80 / 90 Intensity (A) 4,3 8,7 13 17,3 21,7 26,0
Frame for assembly of the auxiliary electrical heater in the supply fan A
Dimensions (mm)
Junior BCP Output
A B C
20 / 30 / 40M 3 to 6 kW 150 432 341
3 to 6 kW 150 432 341

40
9 kW 262 432 341 C
3 to 6 kW 150 432 341
50
9 to 12 kW 262 432 341
3 to 6 kW 150 432 341
60 9 to 12 kW 262 432 341
15 kW 262 482 443 B

3 to 9 kW 150 482 443
70 / 80 / 90
12 to 18 kW 262 482 443
Note: This frame is designed with side access for maintenance purposes.
swimming pools
Junior BCP
PRESSURE DROPS IN THE WATER CONDENSER
Optional in models 40 to 60 2
Pressure drop (m.w.c.)
0
0
0/9
P-4
0
Standard in models 70 to 90
P-6
0/8
P-5 BC
BC
P-7
0
BC
BC
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,5 1 2 3
Flow (m /h)
3
CORROSION BEHAVIOUR
Water Concentration Time limits The plates exchangers of Junior BCP units (standard in models 70 to
SMO-254
content (mg/l or ppm) (analyze before) 90 and optional in models 40 to 60) are made up of SMO-254 stainless
< 70 + steel, and the material used for the plates welding is pure copper.
Alkalinity
70 - 300 Within 24h +
(HCO3-) The attached table indicates the behaviour to corrosion for stainless
> 300 +
steel SMO-254 with respect to different compositions of water. Values
< 70 +
Sulphate  outside these ranges may suppose corrosion problems.
70 - 300 No limit +
(SO42-)
> 300 +
Important recommendations:
> 1.0 +
HCO3- / SO42- No limit
< 1.0 + - If the pool water is introduced directly into the unit water condenser,
< 10 S/cm + the addition of chlorine should never be carried out before the inlet
Electrical
10-500 S/cm No limit + to this condenser.
conductivity
> 500 S/cm +
- These exchangers should never be used in swimming pools with
< 6.0 0
electrolysis efficiency treatment. In these cases it is necessary to
6.0 - 7.5 +
pH  Within 24h install intermediate titanium exchanger, otherwise serious corrosion
7.5 - 9.0 +
> 9.0 + problems may occur.
<2 + - In the case of a longer standstill, leave the exchanger full of water
Ammonium
2 - 20 Within 24h + pool without flowing or empty may cause corrosion problems. During
(NH4+)
> 20 + periods of inactivity it is mandatory to fill up the hydraulic circuit of
< 100 +
the exchanger completely with demineralised water. To isolate the
Chlorides 100 - 200 +
No limit hydraulic circuit of the rest of the installation, the installer must have
(Cl-) 200 - 300 +
shut-off valves at the input and output, and a drain for emptying.
> 300 +
<1 + Note: Consult “Assembly recommendations” included on page 38 of
Free chlorine
1-5 Within 5 horas 0
(Cl2) this brochure.
>5 -
Hydrogen sulfide < 0.05 +
No limit
(H2S) > 0.05 +
<5 +
 Sulfates and nitrates works as inhibitors for piping corrosion caused
Free (aggressive) by chlorides in pH neutral environments.
carbon dioxide 5 - 20 No limit +
(CO2)  In general, low pH (below 6) increases corrosion risk and high pH
> 20 + (above 7.5) decreases the corrosion risk.
Total hardness (ºdH) 4.0 - 8.5 No limit +
 Fe3+ and Mn4+ are strong oxidants and may increase the risk for
Nitrate  < 100 + localised corrosion on stalinless steels.
No limit
(NO3-) > 100 + SiO2 above 150 ppm increase the risk of scaling.
< 0.2 +
Iron (Fe) No limit
> 0.2 + Legend:
< 0.2 + + Good resistance under normal conditions.
Aluminium (Al) No limit
> 0.2 + 0 Corrosion problems may ocurr specially when more factors are
< 0.1 + value 0.
Manganese (Mn) No limit - Use is not recommended.
> 0.1 +
swimming pools
DIMEMSIONS SCHEMES
Junior BCP
Junior BCP - 20 / 30 horizontal outlet (mm)
I J K Z O P Q
T
N
1 M C S
F 2
E L a R
D A B
675mm
18mm
500mm
675mm
Junior BCP A B C D E F I J K L M N O P Q R S T V Y Z
20 / 30 1.430 658 636 102 144 135 176 306 176 163 265 208 85 488 85 106 432 98 1.400 525 1.347
LEGEND
Air circulation
Electric panel
Electric power supply
Door switch
a Condensate outlet
1 Auxiliary coil water inlet
2 Auxiliary coil water outlet
Clear space to be observed for maintenance

operations and unit start-up
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Junior BCP - 20 / 30 vertical outlet (optional) (mm)
Z O P Q
1 C S
F 2
E a R
D A B
675mm
500mm
L M N
18mm
K
J
Y
675mm
Junior BCP A B C D E F I J K L M N O P Q R S T V Y Z
20 / 30 1.430 658 636 102 144 135 226 306 126 960 265 205 85 488 85 106 432 98 1.400 525 1.347
LEGEND
Air circulation
Electric panel
Door switch
a Condensate outlet

swimming pools
Junior BCP - 40 / 50 / 60 horizontal outlet (mm)
Junior BCP
I J K Z O P Q
T
N
1
H 4
M C S
G 3
F 2
E L a R
D A B
750mm
18mm
500mm
750mm
Junior BCP A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T V Y Z
40 / 50 / 60 1.530 838 700 185 154 100 100 100 351 334 153 186 293 221 85 668 85 106 495 99 1.500 705 1.447
LEGEND
Air circulation
Electric panel
Door switch
a Condensate outlet
3 Water inlet to the recovery circuit
4 Water outlet from the recovery circuit

swimming pools
Junior BCP
Junior BCP - 40 / 50 / 60 vertical outlet (optional) (mm)
Z O P Q
1
H 4 C S
G 3
F 2
E a R
D A B
750mm
500mm L M N
18mm
K
J
Y
750mm
Junior BCP A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T V Y Z
40 / 50 / 60 1.530 838 700 185 154 100 100 100 351 334 153 1.032 293 205 85 668 85 106 495 99 1.500 705 1.447
LEGEND
Air circulation
Electric panel
Door switch
a Condensate outlet

swimming pools
Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 (assembly M00) (mm)
Junior BCP
H I O P
2 1
C
S
D
4
R
F
3
E
18mm
U V W Y
J K
M
B
LEGEND
Air circulation
Door switch A
a Condensate outlet
2 Auxiliary coil water outlet 1100mm


Junior BCP A B C D E F G H I J K L M O P R S T U V W Y
70 / 80 / 90 1.082 680 2143 539 137 481 1.345 364 193,5 400 341 94 346 124,5 833 771 403 969 86 508 72,5 937
Note: in models BCP 70 to 90 with assembly M00, the electric panel is supplied in an airtight box for remote installation (remote control panel).
swimming pools
Junior BCP
H I
2 1
T
G
D
4
S
F
3
R E
18mm
O P U V W Y
500mm
J K
LEGEND M
B
Air circulation
Electric panel
Door switch A
a Condensate outlet


70 / 80 / 90 1.082 680 2143 539 137 481 1.345 364 193,5 400 341 94 346 115,5 851 186 410 1.547 86 508 72,5 937
swimming pools
Junior BCP
H I J K
L
2 1
O P
G
C
S
D
4
R
F
3
E
18mm
U V W Y
B
LEGEND
Air circulation
Door switch A
a Condensate outlet


70 / 80 / 90 1.082 680 2143 539 137 481 1.345 364 193,5 400 341 123 346 124,5 833 771 403 969 86 508 72,5 937
swimming pools
Junior BCP
H I J K
L
2 1
T
G
D
4
S
F
3
R E
18mm
O P U V W Y
500mm
LEGEND B
Air circulation
Electric panel
Door switch A
a Condensate outlet
3 Water inlet to the recovery circuit 1100mm

70 / 80 / 90 1.082 680 2143 539 137 481 1.345 364 193,5 400 341 123 346 115,5 851 186 410 1.547 86 508 72,5 937
swimming pools
Junior BCP
J K H I O P
L
2 1
C
S
D
4
R
F
3
E
18mm
U V W Y
600mm
B
LEGEND
Air circulation
Door switch A
a Condensate outlet


70 / 80 / 90 1.082 680 2143 539 137 481 1.345 364 193,5 400 341 123 346 124,5 833 771 403 969 86 508 72,5 937
swimming pools
Junior BCP
J K H I
L
2 1
T
G
D
4
S
F
3
R E
18mm
O P U V W Y
600mm
LEGEND B
Air circulation
Electric panel
Door switch A
a Condensate outlet
3 Water inlet to the recovery circuit 1100mm

70 / 80 / 90 1.082 680 2.143 539 137 481 1.345 364 193,5 400 341 123 346 115,5 851 186 410 1.547 86 508 72,5 937
swimming pools
SUPPLY PLENUM
Junior BCP
Optional for models 70 to 90
MP01 MP02 MP11 MP12
I I I I
Air Inlet / Outlet

I = Outlet
R R R = Return
R R
Dimensions (mm)
G F
C D
A B
Junior BCP A B C D E F Y
70 / 80 / 90 1.082 680 500 403 40,5 833 124,5
swimming pools
Junior BCP
DIMENSIONS OF THE INDEPENDENT RETURN MODULE
Independent module with mixing box with 3 dampers and rear return fan (M0) for Junior BCP
(mm).
H I L M
K O
C
J N
B A F G
P Q R S
500mm
T
500mm
D E
750mm
Junior BCP A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U
20 / 30 1.417 660 636 1387 15 66 528 83,5 493 105 432 83,5 493 105 432 686 257 110 257 178 305
40 / 50 / 60 / 70 / 80 / 90 1.500 840 700 1470 15 66 708 85 670 108 492 85 670 108 492 640 310 110 310 188 605
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Independent module with mixing box with 3 dampers and top return fan (M1) for Junior BCP
(mm)
H I
K C
J
B A F G
N O P Q R S 500mm
500mm
U
M
T
L
D E
750mm
Junior BCP A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U
20 / 30 1.417 660 636 1.387 15 66 528 83,5 493 105 432 83,5 493 80 432 98 257 110 257 178 305
40 / 50 / 60 / 70 / 80 / 90 1.500 840 700 1.470 15 66 708 85 670 108 492 85 670 80 475 85 310 110 310 188 605
swimming pools
Junior BCP
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SUPPLY FAN
Avail. pressure (mm.w.c.) Junior BCP-20 Nominal flow: 1.200 m3/h
20
230V
180V
15
140V
10
Pessure drop in hot water

coil (optional)
100V
0
950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450
Flow (m3/h)

20
230V
15 180V
140V
10

5 coil (optional)
0
1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800
Flow (m3/h)
swimming pools
Junior BCP
40
230V
180V
30
140V
20
10
100V

coil (optional)
0
1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600
Flow (m3/h)

40
230V
180V
30
140V
20
10

coil (optional)
0
2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 3000 3100
Flow (m3/h)
swimming pools
Junior BCP
40
30
230V
180V
20
10

coil (optional)
0
2900 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900
Flow (m3/h)

30
25
20
Single-speed
15
10
5 Pessure drop in hot water

coil (optional)
0
2960 3330 3700 4070 4440
Flow (m3/h)
swimming pools
Junior BCP
30
25
20
15
Single-speed
10

5 coil (optional)
0
3440 3870 4300 4730 5160
Flow (m3/h)

30
25
20
15
Single-speed
10

5 coil (optional)
0
3680 4140 4600 5060 5520
Flow (m3/h)
swimming pools
Junior BCP
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE RETURN FAN (OPTIONAL)
Avail. pressure (mm.w.c) Junior BCP-20 Nominal flow: 1.200 m3/h
High
Speed
Medium
Speed
Flow (m3/h)
Avail. Pressure (mm.w.c.) Junior BCP-30 Nominal flow: 1.500 m3/h
High
Speed
Medium
Speed
Flow (m3/h)
swimming pools
Junior BCP
40
200V
30
180V
140V
20
10
0
1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600
Flow (m3/h)

40
230V
200V
30
180V
20
140V
10
0
2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 3000 3100
Flow (m3/h)
swimming pools
Junior BCP

40
230V
200V
30
180V
20
10
0
2900 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900
Flow (m3/h)

40
30
230V
200V
180V
20
10
0
2900 3100 3300 3500 3700 3900 4100 4300 4500
Flow (m3/h)
swimming pools
Junior BCP
40
30
230V
20
200V
180V
10
0
3400 3700 4000 4300 4600 4900 5200
Flow (m3/h)

40
30
230V
20
200V
180V
10
0
3800 4100 4400 4700 5000 5300
Flow (m3/h)
swimming pools
Junior BCP
REMOTE CONDENSATION (OPTIONAL)
Junior DUAL Evaporating
coil
Condensing Water
coil auxiliary coil
Outlet fan
Depending on comfort requirements, this option enables a selection
whereby condensation is undertaken inside the installation or outside,
replacing the plate exchanger with a remote air-cooled condenser.
The change of condenser is done using a manual switching device.

Input Output
With CIATpool electronic control (optional) this change is automatic
C1
according to the ambient temperature.
The air-cooled outdoor unit, essentially comprised of a fan(s) and coil

can be selected with a centrifugal fan as from series ASN and ASM or
with an axial fan as from series ASJ and ASW.
NOTE: These air-cooled units must include the option of condensation Remote condenser
pressure control.
ASJ characteristics ASN characteristics

- Casing made of galvanised steel metal with polyester paint, oven- - Casing made of galvanised steel metal with polyester paint, oven-
dried. dried. Self-supporting frame.
- Axial motorised fan(s) with direct coupling, internal protection, single- - Rapid access using removable panels.
phase 230V. - Centrifugal fan with direct coupling and internal protection, single-
- Coil with copper pipes and aluminium fins. phase 230V.
- Liquid receiver included in the Junior BCP unit. - Fan protection grille.
- Maximum equivalent length of the cooling line 15 metres. - Coil with copper pipes and aluminium fins.
- Liquid receiver included in the Junior BCP unit.
Options
- Maximum equivalent length of the cooling line 15 metres.
- Condensation pressure control (selection must be made).
- Service valves and gas charge. Options
- Precharged tubes and rapid cooling connections (models 30 and - Condensation pressure control (selection must be made).
45). - Outlet and/or return air position.
- Coils with copper pipes and copper fins or aluminium polyurethane- - Service valves and gas charge.
coated fins. - Precharged tubes and rapid cooling connections (models 30 and
45).
- Coils with copper pipes and copper fins or aluminium polyurethane-
coated fins.
- Air filter.
ASW characteristics ASM characteristics

- Casing made of galvanised steel metal with polyester paint, oven- - Casing made of galvanised steel metal with polyester paint, oven-
dried. dried. Self-supporting frame.
- Axial motorised fan with direct coupling, with thermal protection. - Rapid access using removable panels.
- Coil with copper pipes and aluminium fins. - Centrifugal fan with coupling by pulleys and belts.
- Liquid receiver included in the Junior BCP unit. - Anti-bird return grille.
- Maximum equivalent length of the cooling line 40m (the use of - Coil with copper pipes and aluminium fins.
siphons is required). - Liquid receiver included in the Junior BCP unit.
Options - Maximum equivalent length of the cooling line 15 metres.
- Condensation pressure control (selection must be made). Options

- Coils with copper pipes and copper fins or aluminium polyurethane- - Condensation pressure control (selection must be made).
coated fins.
- Air outlet position.
- Shock absorbers made of rubber.
- Coils with copper pipes and copper fins or aluminium polyurethane-
coated fins.
- Shock absorbers made of rubber.
swimming pools
Junior BCP DUAL 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Junior BCP
Axial air-cooled model ASJ-30 ASJ-45 ASJ-45 ASJ-55 ASJ-70 ASW-80 ASW-100 ASW-100
Total dehumidification capacity (kg/h)  3,9 4,9 6,7 8,5 10,2 11,1 12,4 13,1
Dissipated capacity remote condensation circuit (kW) 7,2 9,4 13 16 19,8 11,3 12,8 13,9
Nominal air flow (m /h)

3
3.000 4.500 4.500 6.500 6.500 9.000 10.000 10.000
Available static pressure (mm.w.c) --
Fan Number / diameter 1 / 450 2 / 360 2 / 360 2 / 450 2 / 450 1 / 630 1 / 630 1 / 630
Output (kW) 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,7 0,7 0,7
Speed (r.p.m.) 870 1.300 1.300 870 870 900 900 900
Maximum absorbed 230 V / I ph / 50 Hz (±10%) (A) 0,6 1,1 1,1 1,3 1,3 -- -- --
current 400 V / III ph / 50 Hz (±10%) (A) -- -- -- -- -- 1,3 1,3 1,3
Type R-407C
Refrigerant
Total charge of the set (kg) 1,9 3,7 2,5 3,5 3,5 4 5,4 5,8
Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
Cooling connections
Gas line 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Length (mm) 880 1.114 1.114 1.114 1.114 1.288 1.288 1.288
Dimensions Width (mm) 638 744 744 744 744 1.000 1.000 1.000
Height (mm) 735 980 980 980 980 915 1.223 1.223
Weight (kg) 77 96 96 104 172 127 164 164
Sound pressure level dB(A)  42 37 37 45 45 52 52 52
Junior BCP DUAL 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Centrifugal air-cooled model ASN-30 ASN-30 ASN-45 ASN-55 ASN-65 ASM-80 ASM-80 ASM-95
Total dehumidification capacity (kg/h)  3,9 5 6,9 8,7 10,5 10,8 13,3 14,3
Dissipated capacity remote condensation circuit (kW) 7,2 9,4 13 16 19,8 11,3 12,8 13,9
Fan Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Output (kW) 0,3 0,3 0,5 0,6 0,6 1,1 1,1 1,5
Speed (r.p.m.) 1.180 1.180 890 1.260 1.100 630 630 680
Maximum absorbed 230 V / I ph / 50 Hz (±10%) (A) 3 3 3,8 8,2 8,2 -- -- --

Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
Cooling connections
Gas line 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Type R-407C
Refrigerant
Total charge of the set (kg) 1,3 2,9 1,8 2,9 2,7 4,3 4,1 4,5
Length (mm) 1.175 1.175 1.428 1.428 1.428 1680 1680 1680
Height (mm) 390 390 460 460 460 670 670 670
Weight (kg) 87 87 108 120 120 214 214 205
Sound pressure level dB(A)  44,5 44,5 44,4 49,6 50 56,7 56,7 58,5
 Cooling dehumidification capacity of the Junior BCP DUAL unit with the remote air-cooled condenser in outdoor temperature conditions of 35ºC.
 The sound pressure level depends on the installation conditions and, as such, is only indicated as a guide. Measurement conditions: in free field,
measured at a distance of 5 metres, directivity 2 and at 1.5 metres from the ground.
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Dimensions of cooling lines at different distances
Junior BCP DUAL 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
As from 6 m
Gas line 5/8” 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
As from 10 m
Gas line 3/4” 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Liquid line 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
15 m
Gas line 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 3/8” 1 3/8”
Junior BCP DUAL 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
As from 6 m
Gas line 5/8” 5/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
As from 10 m
Gas line 3/4” 3/4” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Liquid line 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
15 m
Gas line 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 3/8”
Refrigerant charge R-407C per linear metre of tubing
Nominal diameter 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1” 1 1/8” 1 3/8” 1 5/8”
Indoor section (cm ) 2

0,149 0,444 0,900 1,505 2,282 3,120 4,290 5,346 7,850 10,100
Liquid line charge (g/m) 18 53 107 180 272 376 512 638 937 1325
Gas line charge (g/m) -- 0,19 0,38 0,64 0,97 1,33 1,83 2,30 3,30 4,00
Recommendations for the cooling wiring
BCP unit L liquid line

G gas line
Siphon in gas line every 3 meters of shoulder
BCP unit
Max. geometric height 30 m
Max. geometric height 15m
ASW, ASN and ASM

Air-cooled unit
Max. height 6m
L G L G L G
ASW ASJ, ASN and ASM BCP Unit

Air-cooled unit Air-cooled unit
Maximum equivalent length Maximum equivalent length Maximum equivalent length

of the cooling line: of the cooling line: of the cooling line:
ASW = 40m ASJ, ASN and ASM = 15m ASW, ASJ, ASN y ASM = 7m
swimming pools
ASJ - 30 air-cooled condenser dimensions
Junior BCP
2
C
I
A B
150mm 500mm
M10
G
500mm F
H
500mm D E
MODEL A B C D E F G H I
ASJ - 30 880 638 735 817 31,5 540 49 792 640
LEGEND
Outdoor air circulation
Electric panel
Door switch
1 Liquid line
2 Gas line

swimming pools
Junior BCP
Air-cooled condenser dimensions ASJ - 45 / 55 / 70
A B
150mm 500mm
18mm
G
F
500mm
H
D E
1000mm
MODEL A B C D E F G H
ASJ - 45 / 55 / 70 1.114 744 890 1.056 29 634 55 1.026
LEGEND
Electric panel
Door switch
1 Liquid line
2 Gas line

swimming pools
Air-cooled condenser dimensions ASW - 80 / 100
Junior BCP
A
I
2
1
B C
H 500mm
250mm
G
500mm
F
18mm
D E
1000mm
MODEL A B C D E F G H I
ASW - 80 915 1.288 1.000 1.230 29 900 50 1.200 671
ASW - 100 1.223 1.288 1.000 1.230 29 900 50 1.200 971
LEGEND
Electric panel
Door switch
1 Liquid line
2 Gas line

swimming pools
Junior BCP
Air-cooled condenser dimensions ASN - 30 / 45 / 55 / 65
N M F G H I J
C E L
2
1
D K
B
Ø 18mm R
750mm
Q
500mm O P
500mm
MODEL A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R
ASN - 30 / 45 / 55 / 65 1.428 804 460 52 372 174 490 101 490 174 52 375 696 25 43 1.342 760 22
LEGEND
Electric panel
1 Liquid line
2 Gas line

swimming pools
Air-cooled condenser dimensions ASM - 80 / 95
Junior BCP
B
N M F G H I J
E
C L
2
1
D
K
750mm
Q
Ø13mm
500mm
O P
1000mm
MODEL A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R
ASM - 80 / 95 1.680 937 670 236 409 185,5 477 174 701,5 73 71,5 556 915 22 17,5 1.645 698 108,5
LEGEND
Electric panel
Door switch
1 Liquid line
2 Gas line

swimming pools
Junior BCP
ASSEMBLY RECOMMENDATIONS
Location Electrical Connections
The air handling units in the Junior BCP Series are units for installation The indications required for the electrical connections are indicated on
on the premises to be air-conditioned. the electrical diagram enclosed with the unit.
Clear space must be planned around the unit (indicated on the These connections are always established as per the standards in
dimensions schemes) for maintenance operations and normal force. The electric and control panel is completely wired. Only the main
operation. electric power supply has to be set up (the engineer must plan for the
protections: main switch, differential switch, etc.).
The unit location must be carefully studied. A suitable positioning must
be selected in accordance with the demands of the surroundings Verify that electrical power corresponds to the one on the data plate
(integration in the environment, noise emission, etc.) and where only and that the voltage remains constant.
authorised persons have access.
In particular, avoid installing the units in areas where those under

the age of 14 could come into contact with them. If necessary,
access to the units will be protected using a suitable enclosure
or fencing.
All of the units are fully charged with refrigerant and tested in the factory.
Hydraulic connections Commissioning

Recommendations for the water condenser: optional in models During the start of the units operation problems could occur if the
40 to 60 and standard in models 70 to 90. conditions under which the start is performed are not suitable.
All essential accessories must be planned for the hydraulic circuits • Insufficient water flow. Very high temperature differences between
(expansion tank, air bleeding plug, safety valve, shut-off valves close water inlet and outlet of the unit caused by:
to the components undergoing maintenance, etc.). - Insufficient air bleeding.
Flexible connections must be installed between the unit and the pipes - Small water circulation pump or anti-clockwise rotation.
in order to eliminate the transmission of vibrations through these and
- Other situations which prevent correct water circulation.
to avoid breaks and stress in the unit or the pipes. It is mandatory to
• Air recirculation in the unit caused by an obstacle in the air aspiration
install flexible connections when the unit is assembled on a frame or
or in its outlet.
shock absorbers.
To prevent such problems, prior to starting the unit, the electric
The direction of water circulation must be observed as indicated in the
and hydraulic connections must be verified, checking the correct
unit or in the dimensions schemes.
operation of the swimming pool water circulation pump, the filling
It is mandatory to install a water mesh filter at the swimming and draining of the hydraulic circuit, etc.
pool inlet (for particles larger than Ø > 1 mm), in order to prevent
waste materials from entering the unit's hydraulic circuit. Good
maintenance of this filter will prevent corrosion risks in the plate
exchanger, as well as improving the heat performance of the unit. If
this recommendation is not followed the unit's plate exchanger could
be put out-of-service.
In the case of a longer standstill, leave the exchanger full of water

pool without flowing or empty may cause corrosion problems. During
periods of inactivity it is mandatory to fill up the hydraulic circuit of the
exchanger completely with demineralised water. To isolate the hydraulic
circuit of the rest of the installation, the installer must have shut-off
valves at the input and output, and a drain for emptying.
Dehumidification units CONTROL BROCHURE
NA 14.66 A 11 - 2014
Electronic control
CIATpool
Electronic dehumification control
Contents
CIATpool
1. General description .............................................................................................................................................................................................5
1.1. Comunications ...........................................................................................................................................................................................6
1.2. Supervision solutions .................................................................................................................................................................................6
2. Set-up ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................7
2.1. μPC MEDIUM control board ......................................................................................................................................................................7
2.2. Sensors ......................................................................................................................................................................................................7
2.3. pGD1 graphic terminal ...............................................................................................................................................................................7
2.4. TCO user terminal (optional) ......................................................................................................................................................................9
2.5. pCOe expansion cards (optional).............................................................................................................................................................10
2.6. BMS communication card (optional) ........................................................................................................................................................10
3. Input / output of the main control board .............................................................................................................................................................11
4. Unit On/Off.........................................................................................................................................................................................................12
5. Selection of operating mode ..............................................................................................................................................................................12
6. Selection of the setpoints ..................................................................................................................................................................................12
7. Configurations available ....................................................................................................................................................................................13
8. Control logic.......................................................................................................................................................................................................14
8.1. Operating mode .......................................................................................................................................................................................14
8.2. Active recovery .........................................................................................................................................................................................16
8.3. Outdoor air damper (optional) ..................................................................................................................................................................17
8.4. DUAL remote condensation (optional) .....................................................................................................................................................18
9. Time scheduling.................................................................................................................................................................................................19
10. Maintenance ....................................................................................................................................................................................................19
10.1. Time counter setting ...............................................................................................................................................................................19
10.2. Input / output test ...................................................................................................................................................................................19
11. Probes .............................................................................................................................................................................................................20
11.1. Calibration ..............................................................................................................................................................................................20
11.2. Probe filters ............................................................................................................................................................................................20
11.3. Probe configuration ................................................................................................................................................................................20
12. Alarms..............................................................................................................................................................................................................20
12.1. View of the alarms..................................................................................................................................................................................20
12.2. Alarms list ...............................................................................................................................................................................................21
13. List of factory-set parameters ..........................................................................................................................................................................23
13.1. Parameters of the MAIN MENU .............................................................................................................................................................23
13.2. Parameters of the TECHNICAL MENU ..................................................................................................................................................25
14. Carel and Modbus supervisory variables ........................................................................................................................................................38
14.1. Equivalence between the Carel and Modbus protocols .........................................................................................................................38
14.2. Digital variables ......................................................................................................................................................................................38
14.3. Analogue variables .................................................................................................................................................................................43
14.4. Integer variables.....................................................................................................................................................................................48
15. Technical and electrical characteristics ...........................................................................................................................................................53
15.1. Ambient probe ......................................................................................................................................................................................56
15.2. Air quality probe 4.. 20 mA ...................................................................................................................................................................57
16. Troubleshooting ...............................................................................................................................................................................................58
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Main functions:
CIATpool
CIATpool is an electronic module designed to control and supervise
swimming pool dehumidification units through a microprocessor.
- Dehumidification control during operating modes: COOLING /
This control is basically composed of a μPC MEDIUM control board, a HEATING / AUTO.
pGD1 graphical terminal, a TCO user terminal (optional) and sensors.
- Selection of the setpoints.
It has an RS485 field-bus that makes it possible to manage components
- Permanent control of the operating parameters.
such as: pCOe expansion modules, plug-fans, ambient temperature or
- View of the values measured by the sensors.
humidity probes, leak detectors, energy meters, frequency variators, etc.
- Timing of the compressors.
The control can connect to a centralised technical management system
through a BMS communication card by using any of the following - Control of the outlet temperature.
protocols: Carel, Modbus, LonWorks®, BACnetTM MSTP, Konnex,
- Daily and weekly programming.
Modbus TCP/IP, BACnetTM Ethernet, TCP/IP, SNMP V1-2-3, FTP and
- Anti-fire safety device.
HTTP.
The control also manages a local connection between units through a - Operating fault diagnosis and main alarm.
pLAN (μPC MEDIUM Local Area Network), thus allowing for a maximum
of 15 units to communicate data and information. This makes it possible
to reduce the number of pGD1 terminals, since a single common Optional functions:
terminal can monitor all μPC MEDIUM plates. This control allows controlling optional elements such as:
- Reversible cooling circuit to recover heat from extraction air.
- Boiler water plates exchanger (PWA).
- Outdoor air damper for refreshing air.
- Mixing box for thermal or thermoenthalpic free-cooling.
- Overpressure control.
- Outlet and return plug-fans.
- Outlet fans and centrifugal return fans with frequency variator.
- Auxiliary electrical heaters: one or two stages with On/Off control or

a stage with proportional control.
- Hot water auxiliary coil with three-way valve with a proportional or

On/Off control.
- Activation signal for a possible plate recuperator outside of the unit.
- Air-cooled condenser for DUAL operation.
- Management of the AERO version.
- Air flow controller.
- Clogged filter detector.
- Smoke detection station.
- Refrigerant leak detector.
- Air quality probe for measuring CO2 and/or volatile compounds.
- Energy meter.
CIATpool
1.1. Comunications 1.2. Supervision solutions
This control allows the connection to a centralised technical pCO Web

management system by using a specific BMS card for some of the It is the solution for the management and supervision of a single unit if it
following communication protocols: incorporates the Ethernet pCO Web card.
Carel y Modbus PlantWatchPRO

One RS485 serial card is connected It is a solution designed for the monitoring of installations of medium
for the supervisory network with - small dimensions, with ability to manage up to 10 units. Suitable for
both Carel and Modbus protocol. technical environments, it has no parts in movement.
Includes: 5.7 “ touch display, buzzer for notifications and 2 USB ports for
downloading reports, charge devices models and applying service packs.
®
LonWorks
In this case, each unit needs one RS485 Carel / Modbus board.
To establish communication with a network with the LonWorks® protocol,
is needed a FTT RS485 serial card.
PlantVisorPRO2
The supervisory program is
stored in flash memory and can This is the solution for the management and supervision of air-
be programmed directly from the conditioning installations with up to 300 units. It performs advanced
LonWorks® network by using tools monitoring and maintenance functions and enables creating areas and
such as LonMaker®. groups which simplify the management of the installation.
PlantVisorPRO2 is available in two versions:

• Box: comprised of the CPU unit and, optionally, by monitor and
keyboard.
BACnetTM
• Touch: this includes the CPU and the touchscreen in the one device.
To establish communication with a network with the BACNetTM MSTP
In this case, each unit needs one RS485 Carel / Modbus board.
protocol is needed a BACnetTM RS485 serial card.
This open standard, developed by ASHRAE, enables air conditioning

and heating systems for homes
and buildings to be connected for
Software for remote center management
the sole purpose of performing pCO Web (1 unit)

intelligent energy management.
Configuration by the integrator.
Konnex (KNX)
PlantWatchPRO (10 units)
A network with the Konnex protocol needs a Konnex serial card. HTTPS
This open standard enables the
connection and integration of
devices in building automation
applications both at the commercial
and at the residential level.
Configuration by the integrator.
PlantVisorPRO2 (300 units)
Ethernet pCO Web These systems allow the installation in remote management. Through
The Ethernet pCO Web card allows a single connection to the Internet is accessed the information system.
the network communication with the The Web interface, which is available for the local user, allows the
protocols Modbus TCP/IP, BACnetTM monitoring and the complete configuration of the installation: from the
Ethernet, TCP/IP, SNMP V1-2-3, office or any other user’s current location.
FTP y HTTP. For remote control of multiple sites, there are dedicated tools for
BACnetTM Ethernet: Configuration by the integrator. centralized management as RemotePRO and RemoteValue.
2. SET-UP
The CIATrtc control is basically comprised of: Probes connected to the RS485 field-bus are :
CIATpool
- A μPC MEDIUM control board. - RS485 probe of ambient air temperature + humidity. One or two
- A pGD1 graphic terminal connected to the pLAN bus. ambient probes can be connected, with address 128 for the probe
No.1 and address 129 for the probe No.2.
- Probes connected to the control board and the RS485 field-bus.
The system can be completed with:
120Ω
120Ω
- Additional sensors.
- A TCO user terminal connected to the field-bus RS485.
- Elements connected to the field-bus RS485, as the pCOe expansion
GND
Temp. or Temp. or
GND
GND
Tx+
Tx+
Tx+
Tx-
Tx-
Tx-
RH+Temp. RH+Temp.
cards, plug-fans, probes of temperature or relative humidity of the probe probe
J10
ambient air, leak detectors, energy meters, variable frequency drives,
etc. No.1 No.2
µPC MEDIUM
- A BMS card that allows the connection of the μPC MEDIUM board +(G) M(G0) +(G) M(G0)
to a centralised technical management system. J1
J1 - 230 Vac
J1- GND
Ambient probe configuration:

2.1. μPC MEDIUM control board ON Power supply: : 12...24 Vac, 8...32 Vdc (máx. 100mA)
Dip 1-5 Address On (128-159) Speed: 9600 bps (*)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Dip 6-7
Main CPU board installed in the unit’s electric panel, which allows data Modbus: 1, 8, N, 2
to be input, treated by the microcontroller and the operation of the unit On-On =ModBus 1,8,E,1
= 19200 bps
On = 9600 bps
to be managed completely. N.1 probe address: 128 N.2 probe address: 129
ON ON
The program and the parameters are stored in non-volatile memory,
there by ensuring their storage even in the case of a power failure 12 3 4 56 7 8 12 3 4 56 7 8
+(G)
M(G0)
Tx-
Tx+
GND
(without needing an auxiliary coil). The program can be loaded through

the PC or from a program key. - RS485 probe of outdoor air temperature + humidity. Configured with
address 130.
This board has the following main characteristics:
Note: If the unit is integrated in a pLAN network it can read the value
- Removable connectors.
of the ambient temperature, outdoor temperature and the air quality
- Built-in clock.
probes of the master unit.
- Power supply voltage 230 Vac.
- Connection to a TCO user terminal.
- Connection to a pGD1 maintenance terminal. 2.3. pGD1 graphic terminal
- RS485 serial supervisory through an optional card. This terminal, installed on the electric panel, allows:
- Plastic base for installation on a DIN rack. - The initial programming of the unit.
- The modification of operating parameters.
- Unit ON / OFF.
2.2. Sensors - The selection of the operating mode.
The probes that the control can incorporate on the μPC MEDIUM - The setting of setpoints.
board are: - On-screen display of controlled variables and sensor values
- Return air temperature. measured.
- Outlet air temperature. - On-screen display of active alarms and historical record of alarms.
- Mixing air temperature.

- Return water temperature of the pool.
- Outlet water temperature of the pool.
- Outlet water temperature of the PWA plate excharge for boiler
(optional).
- Air quality probe for measuring the CO2 and/or volatile compounds
(optional).
CIATpool
Remote connection of the terminal: Keys and combinations (quick guide)
This terminal is installed on the electric panel, although it can also
Key Function
be installed at a maximum distance of 500 metres from the microPC
Alarm There is/are active alarm(s) if the key is illuminated red.
control board. Or alternatively have an additional PGD1 terminal By pressing the key once, the description of the first
for maintenance or remote control, regardless of whether a PGD1 alarm will be shown. By using the up/down keys, the
other alarms stored in the memory can be consulted.
(standard) or TCO (optional) is installed on the electric panel.
By pressing this key for a second time, the alarm(s)
- Up to 50 metres, it can be connected directly with telephone wire. will be reset.
If no alarm is active, the message “No alarm active"
- From 50 to 200 metres, it is necessary to use the TCONN bypass appears.
cards and AWG 20/22 shielded cable with 2 twisted pairs. Prg This allows the MAIN MENU display to be accessed
to select the operating mode, setpoints, off/on, inputs/
200 m outputs and schedule programming (no password
required). The key will light up in orange.
Esc To exit any display, pressing this key returns the

user to the start display of the previous menu.
From the main display, if keeping this key pressed for a
few seconds, access is given to a group of help displays
with information on the key or key combination that
enable performing the most important control functions.
Esc By pressing both keys simultaneously for a few seconds,
+ it’s possible to change of unit in the pLAN network.
Down
TCONN TCONN
RJ12 Up /
S90CONN002
These keys enable consulting the information displayed

0,8 m Down on-display by going forward or back. They can also
Terminal pGD1
modify values. By pressing both keys at the same time,
direct access is gained to the group of input/output
displays (belonging to the MAIN MENU).
Enter This enables confirming the modified values. By

pressing the key once, the cursor is placed on the first
display parameter. Pressing the key again confirms the
adjusted parameter value and it then proceeds to the
next parameter.
- From 200 to 500 metres, it is necessary to use the TCONN bypass
Prg By pressing both keys simultaneously for a few seconds
cards, AWG 20/22 shielded cable with 1 twisted pair and external + on the main display of the MAIN MENU, access is given
20...30Vdc (150 mA) power supply. Esc to the TECHNICAL MENU for the parametrisation and
maintenance displays of the unit, to which only the
fitter and/or engineer should have access (password
pLAN - to next TCONN by-pass card required).
AC/DC
AWG20/22 converter Prg The unit is switched off/on by pressing both these
1 twisted pair 20-30Vdc + keys at the same time for a few seconds. This action
Enter is equivalent to off/on from the MAIN MENU display.
- +
Prg HEATING mode (winter) is selected by pressing both
RJ12
TCONN 230Vac + these keys at the same time for a few seconds.
Up
Prg COOLING mode (summer) is selected by pressing both
+ these keys at the same time for a few seconds
Down
Alarm The display contrast (LCD with a resolution of 133 x 64
pGD1 Terminal J14 y J15 in 2-3
pGD1 terminal in the left connector
+ pixels) can be set by pressing these keys at the same
Prg time + up or down.
Alarm The lenguage of the displays is selected by pressing

+ both these keys at the same time for a few seconds
Configuration
Down
To ensure communication between the pGD1 terminal and the μPC Alarm By pressing both keys simultaneously it is possible to
MEDIUM board, the terminal must be configured with address 16. In + access to information about the firmware and software
the event of a terminal supplied separately, this is not sent addressed Enter of the board.
and the following proceduremust be carried out:
1) Simultaneously press the + + keys.

2) On the display accessed, set address 16 in “Display address
setting”.
Note: If the terminal is going to be integrated into the pLAN, refer to
the communications brochure of the CIATrtc control, which explains
the configuration of the terminals in the network.
2.4. TCO user terminal (optional)

This terminal can be installed on the electric panel, instead of pGD1 Keys and combinations (quick guide)
terminal. Although it can also be installed remote, at a maximum
Key Function
CIATpool
distance of 100 metres from the microPC control board.
Mode of Allows the operating mode to be selected: HEATING
Features: operation / COOLING or AUTO (only if selection by panel is
activated on the display CU12a)
- LCD display, backlit in blue, used Fan Unused
to present the unit information and
to interact with the user. Program Short press: allows to activate the programme
schedule schedule stored in the TCO terminal.
Long press (3 secs): allows the time and the program
schedule to be modified.
Up / down These keys allow the user to go forward and

backward to consult the information found on the
display. They can also modify values
Functions:
Enter This enables confirming the modified values.
The TCO user terminal allows: It also allows the set of values and alrams to be
seen on the display.
- Unit ON / OFF.
Off / On Allows the unit to be turned OFF/ON
- Regulation of the setpoints.
- The selection of the operating mode.
- The display of temperatures and humidity of the installation, outdoor
air temperature, water temperature of the pool, CO2 probe and
View in succession of the values measured
opening of the outdoor damper.
In addition to view in the ambient (or return) air temperature on the
- On-screen display of alarms codes.
main display, it is possible to view other values through the set that is
activated by pressing the key.
Display
The following values will be shown with each press:
Symbol Meaning
1) Ambient temp. 2) Active temp. setpoint 3) Ambient RH
Selection of HEATING mode (winter)
Selection of COOLING mode (summer)
Selection of AUTOMATIC mode
Unit in dehumidification
Indoor fan in operation 4) RH setpoint 5) Outdoor temp. 6) Water T of the pool
Main indicator of:

- Temperature (ºC or ºF)
- Activated block key (key)
- Setpoint (set)
- Relative humidity (%RH)
Secondary indicator of:

- Temperature (ºC or ºF)
- Setpoint (set) 7) Water temp. setpoint 8) Active alarms 9) CO2 measure (opt.)
- Hour and minute
- Relative humidity (%RH)
Alarm indicator
Water circuit pump in operation
Compressor(s) in operation
Remote air condenser

10) Outd. damper (opt) 1) Ambient temp. 2) Active T setpoint
Active support in HEATING mode
Operation in COOLING mode
Indicator of the scheduled programming

activation
Indicators of the days of the week
(Monday to Sunday)
CIATpool
Terminal connection: 2.5. pCOe expansion cards (optional)
The terminal can be installed For options: “DEEP FREEZE” and “mechanical disconnection of stages”
at a maximum distance of 100 there are needed more inputs and outputs of which incorporates the μPC
metres from the microPC control MEDIUM card. The solution to this is the inclusion of a pCOe expansion
board. The connection requires card connected to the field-bus on the μPC MEDIUM board (see diagram).
L 50/60Hz
N 230V~
Rx-/Tx-
Rx+/Tx+
GND
the following: This card also is necessary with the overpressure control (optional).
- Power supply (the same as

the control board) at 230Vac
50/60Hz (L&N): 2 wires (section
0.5 at 1.5 mm2).
- Communication with the

µPC MEDIUM
board (RX+/TX+ & RX-/TX-):
Rx-/Tx-
shielded cable type AWG20
or AWG22 with 1 braided pair GND
+ drainwire + shielding (e.g., Rx+/Tx+ J10

Cable of Belden
model BELDEN 7703NH). 7703NH type Shielding
GND
GND
Tx+
Tx+
Tx-
Tx-
120Ω
120Ω
120Ω
120Ω
GND
GND
GND
Tx+
Tx+
Tx+
Tx-
Tx-
Tx-
TCO terminal Important: This RS485 serial

expansion card must be configured
J10
with address 7 in order to enable
communication with the μPC
MEDIUM board as shown in the
L 50/60Hz
N 230V~
Rx-/Tx-
Rx+/Tx+
GND
µPC MEDIUM
adjacent diagram.
ON 1 2 3 4
M(G0) +(G)
J1 - 230 Vac +(G) M(G0)

J1- GND
Important: It is recommended to insert an electrical resistance of

120Ω, between connectors TX+ and TX- of the μPC MEDIUM output
(connector J10) and on the final component of the RS485 network, to
avoid potential problems of communication.
Configuration: 2.6. BMS communication card (optional)

To ensure communication between the TCO terminal and the μPC The BMS card allows connecting the μPC MEDIUM board to a
MEDIUM board, the terminal must be configured with address 10 and centralised technical management system.
speed 9600 bps.
For the Carel or Modbus communication protocol an RS485 serial card
The terminal is sent addressed, and on the power up, the screen should
must be installed in each of
display the firmware version “1.1” on the power
the units.
up and, then, the “init” symbol. The terminal
will be fully operational after a few seconds. For a more detailed description
In the unlikely event of a communications on the available supervision

failure the screen will display “Cn”. Please systems please consult the
make sure to check connections and the control Communications
firmware version. Brochure.
3. INPUT / OUTPUT OF THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD

μPC MEDIUM control board
Digital inputs (...continued)
CIATpool
DI9: pressostat for high-pressure circuit 2 (J16)
G J1 - power supply
230 Vac J7 DI10: compressor circuit protection 2 (J16)
G0
+Vdc Analogue outputs

GND J2 - power supply
J8 pGD1 terminal
Proportional control of optional elements:
+5 Vréf of probes
J9 Y1: control of the opening of the outdoor air damper (J5)
B1 µPC MEDIUM shielding
Y2: 3-way valve for the auxiliary water coil with proport. or On/Off control (J5)
B2
B3
J10 Y3: 3-way valve for the PWA boiler water plate exchanger (J5)
B4
Y4: control of the opening of the extraction air damper (J5)
B5 J3 - analogue L
B6 inputs N
B7 J11 Digital outputs
TCO terminal
GND On/Off control of the unit components and options:
+Vdc C1 NO1: compressor for circuit 1 (J12)
NO1
DI1
J6 J12 - digital NO2
NO2: compressor for water circuit (J12)
DI2
outputs NO3 NO3: output for water circuit pump in STANDARD version or output for outdoor
DI3
DI4
fan in AERO version (J12)
DI5 J4 - digital NO4: indoor fan (J13)
C2
DI6 inputs
DI7
NO4 NO5: 4-way valve for the remote condenser in DUAL version (J13)
J13 - digital NO5
DIC1 outputs NO6
NO6: output for hot water coil pump (J13)
GND NO7: alarm signal / dehumidification signal (J14)
Y1 NO8: compressor for circuit 2 (J15)
Y2 J5 - analogue NO7
Y3 outputs NO9: recovery compressor (J15)
J14 - digital C3
Y4
outputs NC7 NO10: recovery circuit cycle reversing valve (J15)
NO11: 1st stage electrical heater (J15)
NO12: 2nd stage electrical heater (J15)
B8 RS485 analogue inputs

B9 J18 - analogue
RS485 ambient temperature + humidity (J10)
B10 inputs C4
B11 NO8 RS485 outdoor temperature + humidity (J10)
B12 J17 NO9
GND
J15 - digital
NO10
outputs
DI8
NO11 pCOe expasion card (optional)
NO12
DI9
DI10 J16 - digital
DIC2 inputs G
NO1
J1 ID1 B1
G0 B2
J5 C1
ID2
NC1
RS485 expansion card
ID3 J4 J9 GND
Analogue inputs NO2
ID4 +5V Ref
J6 C2
Temperature, pressure and humidity reading sensors: IDC1 +Vdc
NC2
unused
B1: return air temperature probe (J3) NO3
GND J2 B3
B2: exchanger return water temperature probe (J3) Y1 B4
J7 C3
NC3
B3: outlet air temperature probe (J3) RS485 J10 GND
NO4
GND +5V Ref
B4: mixed air temperature probe (J3)
1248
address
serial
T+ J3 +Vdc
J8 C4
B5: exchanger outlet water temperature probe (J3) T– NC4
B10: air quality probe (opt.) (J8)

B12: PWA exchanger outlet temperature probe (opt.) (J8)
Analogue inputs
Digital inputs B3: temperature probe for water inlet HWC with DEEP FREEZE option (J10)
Safety devices and operating fault indication using traditional electromechanical B4: temperature probe for water outlet HWC with DEEP FREEZE option (J10)
components:
Digital inputs
B6: pressostat for low-pressure circuit 1 (J3)
DI1: disconnection of the air compressor circuits (J4)
B7: pressostat for low-pressure water circuit (J3)
DI2: disconnection of the water compressor circuit (J4)
B8: hot water coil anti-freeze safety (J18)
DI3: disconnection of the compressor recovery circuit (J4)
B9: recovery circuit safety (J18)
DI4: disconnection of the electrical heaters (J4)
B11: pressostat for low-pressure circuit 2 (J18)
DI1: indoor fan protection and air flow control (J4) Analogue output
DI2: pressostat for high-pressure circuit 1 (J4) Y1: extraction damper (J2)
DI3: compressor circuit protection 1 (J4) Digital outputs
DI4: pressostat for high-pressure water circuit (J4) NO1: hot water coil piping heater (J5)
DI5: water compressor circuit protection (J4) NO2: double compressor crankcase heater and electrical panel heater (1st
DI6: control of clogged filters (J4) stage) (J6)
DI7: remote On/Off (J4) NO3: heater in outdoor dampers (J7)
DI8: smoke detector / fire-fighting thermostat (J16) NO4: electrical panel heater (2nd stage) (J8)
CIATpool
4. UNIT ON/OFF * In the TCO terminal (optional):
There are different ON/OFF operations for: By pressing the key, the operating mode of the unit
can be selected. With each press, the icon corresponding to the
• Access panel:
selected operating mode will light up:
This operation is always valid. If the unit is stopped from the terminal,
it cannot be started using any of the other operations. HEATING dehumidification mode
If the unit has stopped, all the functions and the different variables COOLING dehumidification mode
are disabled.
• Remote mode:
On/Off can be done:
The selection of the operating mode is performed via a switch
* In the pGD1 terminal: connected to digital input DI8 of connector J16:
From the PM01 display in the MAIN MENU or by pressing the - open contact: COOLING dehumidification mode
keys simultaneously for a few seconds. - closed contact: HEATING dehumidification mode
• Automatic mode:
* In the TCO terminal (optional):
Two options can be configured on the FC01 display:
Pressing the key. * For outdoor temperature (default):
When the unit is off, the display will only show The unit changes from operation in COOLING mode to HEATING
the date, time and the OFF symbol. mode or vice-versa depending on the temperature measured by
the outdoor air probe.
• Remote On/Off:
* For indoor temperature:
This procedure must be enabled on the U18a1 display (protected
The unit changes from COOLING mode to HEATING mode or vice-
by user password). On the PM01 display, the “on” option should
versa depending on the temperature measured by the ambient air
be selected.
probe and the active setpoints for COOLING and HEATING.
In the digital input DI7 of connector J4:
* Open contact: unit ON
* Closed contact: unit OFF
Note: To activate the remote On/Off, the bridge made in this input 6. SELECTION OF THE SETPOINTS
must be eliminated (see wiring diagram).
Control of the dehumidification is carried out by starting up the unit,
the compressor(s) and/or the available components (electrical heater,
• By schedule stage:
water coil, etc.). To do so, the control compares the reading of the
With the time scheduling the unit can be stopped outside the schedule
probes with the values established as setpoints.
(on the PH03 display of the group of schedule displays). The “on”
The setpoint values that the control uses are: relative humidity of
option should be selected from the terminal.
the air, temperature of the air in cooling (summer) mode and heating
Note: If both the “remote On/Off” and “schedule stage” procedures
(winter) mode, as well as the temperature of the return water in the
are active at the same time, the unit will only start if both coincide.
swimming pool.
The selection of these parameters can be done:

* In the pGD1 terminal:
5. SELECTION OF OPERATING MODE From the MAIN MENU, which is accessed by pressing the key.
The selection of the type of switching for the change in operating mode - S01 display: humidity setpoint and control bands in COOLING
is carried out on the CU12a display (protected by the manufacturer’s and HEATING modes.
password). There are four options: - S02 display: setpoints and control bands for the air temperature
in COOLING and HEATING modes.
• Control panel mode:
- S03 display: setpoint and control band for the temperature of the
The selection of the operating mode can be done:
swimming pool’s return water.
* In the pGD1 terminal:
* In the TCO terminal (optional):
From the FC01 display in the MAIN MENU or by pressing the
Through the set that is activated by pressing
following buttons simultaneously for a few seconds:
the key.
- the keys: HEATING dehumidification mode At that time, the display will light up and the
current setpoint value will appear next to the
- the keys: COOLING dehumidification mode text .
7. CONFIGURATIONS AVAILABLE
This is the complete starting diagram for a BCP dehumidification unit with all available options.
CIATpool
EXTRACTION
Reversible RECOVERY
coil CIRCUIT
C4
Evaporator Condenser Auxiliary

coil coil hot water
(3 circuits max.) (2 circuits max.) coil HWC
Return Outlet
fan fan
RETURN OUTLET
C1
Free-cooling
FC
C2
Nomenclature
Reversible I O
coil C1: air-air circuit no. 1 (mandatory)
REFRESHING C2: air-air circuit no. 2 (optional)
AIR C3
C3: air-water circuit in STANDARD or
DUAL versions (optional) and circuit
POOL BOILER
for condensation in outdoor air cooler
Plates
exchanger in AERO version (optional)
C4: active recovery circuit (optional)
FC: free-cooling (optional)
V3V: 3-way valve, hot water auxiliary coil
(optional)
PWA: plate exchanger for boiler water
Boiler water plates (optional)
exchanger PWA
AERO option DUAL option

This option replaces the water recovery circuit that condenses over the This option makes it possible to select, based on needs for comfort, for the
plate exchanger with an air split-system in which the condensation is condensation to be done in the indoor air circuit or in the remote outdoor
done on the outside in a remote air condenser. condenser. In those models with two air circuits, the one with the higher
Solution for covered swimming pools that do not need heat recovery power is the one that may be switched with the air condenser.
over the pool’s vessel. The condenser exchange is done by the electronic control based on
the ambient temperature through the NO5 digital output.
Evaporator Condenser Evaporator Condenser
coil coil coil coil
C1 C1
C3
C3
Remote Plates Remote

condenser exchanger condenser
CIATpool
8. CONTROL LOGIC
Evaporator Condenser Auxiliary * C1 or C2 will or will not be authorised based on a parameter (U18a1
coil coil hot water display) that allows these compressors to be disabled in cooling
mode. Default = 1.
Outlet
fan
Operation limits
RETURN OUTLET
C1 - Minimum mixing temperature to enable the operation of compressors
C1, C2 = 20ºC
- Minimum mixing temperature to enable the operation of compressors
C3 = 15ºC
C2
Definition of priorities
- For recovery of condensation heat: in air or in water. By default

I O in water, except in the AERO version.
C3
- Detail if the priority is water:
There is a change in the activation priority for air and water
Plates
exchanger compressors in dehumidification in winter mode.
This also establishes an offset to enable C3 at 10ºC.
Nomenclature
Condition Tw < Twc +10 Tw > Twc +10
C1, C2: air-air circuit
Authorised compressors C1, C2, C3 C1, C2
C3: air-water circuit in STANDARD or DUAL versions (optional)
and circuit for condensation in outdoor air cooler in AERO
Example: If this priority is marked, in addition to the exchange of
version (optional)
compressor C1 for compressor C3 in winter mode, if the Twc = 26ºC,
V3V: 3-way valve, hot water auxiliary coil (optional) this compressor is authorised to function until the Tw (water return)
probe shows 36ºC.
Definition of control parameters
HRc = Relative humidity of ambient setpoint

8.1. Operating mode
 65% by default
Tcclf = Ambient setpoint temperature in HEATING mode (winter) Dehumidification in AUTO mode + AUTO
 28ºC by default
Tcref = Ambient setpoint temperature in COOLING mode (summer) Dehumidification in HEATING mode
Twc = Setpoint temperature for the swimming pool water Dehumidification in COOLING mode
In automatic mode, the change in mode occurs based on the
temperature conditions of the premises
Definition of probe reading
For example, if we have a temperature lower than the heating
T + RH = Ambient temperature and relative humidity setpoint (Tcclf) and the temperature begins to rise, the change from
Tw = Temperature of the swimming pool water dehumidification in HEATING (winter) mode to dehumidification in
Tmez = Mixing air temperature COOLING (summer) mode occurs when it rises above the cooling
setpoint (Tcref).
Timp = Outlet temperature
There is also a PROTECTION MODE that is very useful for unattended
Text = Outdoor temperature (outdoor temperature and relative
operation at nights. In this mode, the unit starts up only with values
humidity if the unit has new air inlet for FC or FDH)
outside of the range of setpoints associated with this PROTECTION
MODE.
Authorisation of compressors In this mode, the associated parameters are as follows:
- Without refreshing.
Condition T > Tcref T < Tcclf Tw > Twc
- Without the possibility that compressors start up (neither in COOLING
Authorised compressors C3, C1* or C2* C1, C2, C3 C1, C2
mode nor in HEATING mode). In this case, the flow is from ventilation.
Operation in dehumidification mode in HEATING (winter)

The unit will be in this operating mode if the “dehumidification in
Mask Default
HEATING mode” has been selected in the terminal or if, based on Variable Description UOM
index value
CIATpool
the temperature conditions, “dehumidification in AUTO mode” has OFFSET_VALV_ Offset of 3-way valve control
U28 -2.0 °C
been selected. To do so, the control will compare the temperature and CALOR in winter
humidity readings from the ambient air probe with the values established BANDA_VALV_ Band of 3-way valve control
U28 2.0 °C
for the setpoint and with the value of the control bands. CALOR in winter
It will activate one set of elements or another based on how far away
the reading is from the setpoint. The input command of the stages is
Operation in dehumidification mode in COOLING (summer)
the one featured in the chart.
The unit will be in this operating mode if the “dehumidification in
For the input of the compressor stages of the main circuits for
COOLING mode” mode has been selected in the terminal or if, based
dehumidification, the control will use the humidity control band value,
on the temperature conditions, “dehumidification in AUTO mode” has
whilst for the input of the electrical heaters and of the water coil
been selected. To do so, the control will compare the temperature and
(optional), it will take their respective differentials into account.
humidity readings from the ambient air probe with the values established
The unit will stop when the ambient humidity descends below the for the setpoint and with the value of the control band.
setpoint value and the air temperature ascends above the setpoint
It will activate one set of elements or another based on how far away
value.
the reading is from the setpoint. The input command of the stages is
• Humidity control the one featured in the chart.
The unit will stop when the ambient humidity and the temperature
descend below the setpoint value.
C1 C2 C3
• Humidity control
HRc HR
BANDA_HUM_CALOR
C3 C1 C2
Mask Default
Variable Description UOM
index value HR
HRc
BANDA_HUM_FRIO
U02 BANDA_HUM_CALOR Winter humidity differential 3.0 %rH
The main function of these units is to dehumidify the air of the

If it is necessary to give priority to the water circuit (C3) over the air
premises, which is why even though C1 and C2 can overheat the
circuits (C1 and C2), this change can be realized by means of the
air of the premises, they will be activated if necessary. If it is desired
U5b display.
that this overheating be limited, it is possible to disable the operation
Mask Default Possible of one or two of the air condensation heat recovery compressors in
Variable Description
index value values COOLING (summer) mode.
H A B _ P R I O R I D A D _ Enable priority to the 0: No
U05b 1 Mask Default
COMP_AGUA_CALOR water compressor 1: Yes Variable Description UOM
index value
U02 BANDA_HUM_FRÍO Winter humidity differential 4.0 %rH
• Temperature control DESCONEXION_NUM_ Number of air compressor

U36 1 ---
COMP_AIRE_FRIO stages to disconnect
As support to maintain the temperature, the units can incorporate
two electrical heater stages (R) and/or a hot water coil (V3V). For
• Temperature control
the regulation of the hot water coil, the control has a Y2 output that
controls the three-way valve (On/Off or proportional), and for the
regulation of the electrical heaters, there are two On/Off outputs
NO11-NO12. C3
Tc ref T
V3V BANDA_TEMP
_FRIO
Tc clf T Mask Default

OFFSET_VALV
index value
_CALOR
BANDA_VALV Summer temperature
U04 BANDA_TEMP_FRIO 2.0 °C
_CALOR control band
CIATpool
8.2. Active recovery
In units with cooling recovery through a reversible cooling circuit, Their respective differentials will be taken into account for the input
the compressor will be authorised based on the temperature of the of the stages.
premises and as long as some conditions are met, namely minimum
mixing temperature of 10ºC and a minimum opening of the outdoor
air damper of 30%. V3V C4
CLF
The operating mode authorised for this circuit will be cooling if the
ambient temperature is above Tcref and heating if the ambient Tc clf T
temperature is below Tcclf. BANDA_TEMP
_CALOR
OFFSET_VALV
EXTRACTION _CALOR
Reversible BANDA_VALV
RECOVERY
coil
CIRCUIT _CALOR
C4

Mask Default
coil coil hot water Variable Description UOM
(3 circuits max.) (2 circuits max.) coil HWC index value
Return Outlet
plug-fan plug-fan OFFSET_VALV_ Offset of 3-way valve control
U28 -2.0 °C
CALOR in winter
RETURN OUTLET
C1
BANDA_VALV_ Band of 3-way valve control
U28 2.0 °C
CALOR in winter
BANDA_TEMP_ Winter temperature control

U04 1.0 °C
C2 CALOR band
Reversible
coil
REFRESHING C3 I O Operation in dehumidification mode in COOLING (summer)

AIR
In this case, the C4 compressor is activated based on the comparison of
Plates
exchanger the reading of the ambient temperature and humidity and the established
Nomenclature setpoint values. The input order is the one featured in the charts.
C1, C2: air-air circuit • Humidity control

C3: air-water circuit
C4: active recovery circuit:
C4clf: HEATING mode (heating in winter) C3 C4 C1 C2
REF
C4ref: COOLING mode (cooling in summer)
V3V: 3-way valve, hot water auxiliary coil (optional) HRc HR
BANDA_HUM_FRIO
Authorisation of compressors
Mask Default
Condition T > Tcref T < Tcclf Tw > Twc index value
Authorised U02 BANDA_HUM_FRÍO Winter humidity differential 4.0 %rH

C3, C4ref, C1* or C2* C1, C2, C3, C4clf C1, C2, C4
compressors
DESCONEXION_NUM_ Number of air compressor
U36 1 ---
COMP_AIRE_FRIO stages to disconnect
Definition of priorities
- For recovery of condensation heat: in air or in water. By default • Temperature control

in water (due to the existence of C4). Highly recommended when
an intermediary exchanger is installed.
C3 C4
Condition Tw < Twc +10 Tw > Twc +10 REF
Authorised
C1, C2, C4, C3 C1, C2, C4 T
compressors Tc ref BANDA_TEMP
_FRIO
Operation in dehumidification mode in HEATING (winter) The input command of the stages is the one featured in the chart.
And the activation signal for C3 and C4 will be the maximum that
In this case, the C4 compressor is activated only based on the ambient
the temperature or humidity control imposes.
temperature control.
Mask Default
• Temperature control Variable Description UOM
index value
The previous configuration includes the extraction air recovery circuit Summer temperature
U04 BANDA_TEMP_FRIO 2.0 °C
(C4) and a proportional hot water coil (V3V). control band
8.3. Outdoor air damper (optional)

For control of the outdoor air damper (optional), the control has a - The absolute outdoor humidity is less than the absolute ambient
proportional output 0/10V (Y1). humidity minus a differential and the outdoor enthalpy is less than
the ambient enthalpy minus a differential.
CIATpool
In DEHUMIDIFICATION IN HEATING mode, as well as in
DEHUMIDIFICATION IN COOLING mode, the signal will be the The free-dehumidification function depends on two parameters:
maximum between what free-dehumidification and free-cooling impose. - Offset: Defines the difference between the setpoint humidity value
EXTRACTION plus the humidity band, where the outdoor air damper starts to open.
Reversible RECOVERY - Differential: Defines the degree of the opening of the outdoor air
coil CIRCUIT
C4 damper in accordance with the ambient air temperature.
coil coil hot water
C3 C2 C1 FDH
Return Outlet
fan fan
RETURN OUTLET
C1 HR
HRc BANDA_HUM_CALOR
BANDA_
Free-cooling FDESH_INV
FC
C2 OFFSET_
FDESH_INV
Reversible I O
coil
REFRESHING
AIR C3 Its operation is permitted only as a final stage after the compression
circuits with condensation heat recovery in HEATING (winter) mode.
Plates
Nomenclature exchanger
Mask Default
C1, C2: air-air circuit index value
C3: air-water circuit OFFSET_FDESH_ Winter free-dehumidification
U09c 0.0 %rH
INV ramp: Offset
C4: active recovery circuit (optional)
BANDA_FDESH_ Winter free-dehumidification
V3V: 3-way valve, hot water auxiliary coil (optional) U09c 1.0 %rH
INV ramp: Differential
FDH: free-dehumidification
FC: free-cooling: thermal or thermoenthalpic • In dehumidification mode in COOLING mode (summer)
Free-dehumidification Thefree-dehumidification function will be active as long as the following

conditions are met:
The operation of the unit in free-dehumidification allows for the conditions
- The unit is operating in COOLING mode.
of the outdoor air to be used when they are favourable in order to
dehumidify the ambient air. This allows the dehumidification power of - The free-cooling in summer function is authorised.
the unit to be increased if the outdoor air has less absolute humidity. - The absolute outdoor humidity is less than the absolute ambient
humidity minus a differential and the outdoor enthalpy is less than
To verify that the conditions of the outdoor air are more favourable
the ambient enthalpy minus a differential.
than those of the ambient air, an evaluation is made in the absolute
humidity and enthalpy. The free-dehumidification function depends on two parameters:
Note: the free-dehumidification function is compatible with the activation - Offset: Defines the difference between the setpoint humidity value
of the heat recovery circuit of the C4 extraction air (optional), providing and that at which the outdoor air damper starts to open.
heating in the winter and cooling in the summer. Its activation in - Differential: Defines the degree of the opening of the outdoor air
HEATING (winter) mode depends on the ambient temperature, and damper in accordance with the ambient air temperature.
its activation in COOLING (summer) mode depends on the ambient
temperature and humidity.
C3 C4 C1 C2
Mask Default Possible FDH REF
index value values
Enabling of free- 0: No HR
CU14 HAB_FREEDESH_INV 1 HRc BANDA_HUM_FRIO
dehumidification winter 1: Yes
BANDA_
Enabling of free- 0: No FDESH_VER
CU14 HAB_FREEDESH_VER 1
dehumidification summer 1: Yes
OFFSET_
FDESH_VER
• In dehumidification mode in HEATING mode (winter)

Mask Default
The free-dehumidification function will be active as long as the following index value
OFFSET_FDESH_ Summer free-dehumidification
conditions are met: U09b -2.0 %rH
VER ramp: Offset
- The unit is operating in HEATING mode. BANDA_FDESH_ Summer free-dehumidification
U09b 2.0 %rH
- The free-dehumidification in winter function is authorised. VER ramp: Differential
CIATpool
Free-cooling
The operation of the unit in free-cooling allows the outdoor air conditions • Free-cooling in COOLING mode (summer)
to be taken advantage of when these are more favourable than those of The free-cooling function will be active as long as the following
the ambient air. As such, this allows the cooling capacity to be reduced conditions are met:
under these circumstances. - The unit is operating in COOLING mode.
Note: The free-cooling function is compatible with the activation of the - The summer free-cooling function is authorised.
heat recovery circuit from the extraction air providing cooling. After
- The outdoor temperature is less than the return temperature minus
free-cooling, if necessary, the compressors of the optional circuits
the free-cooling differential.
will turn on, which will make it possible to cool the air (compressors
with condensation heat recovery in the swimming pool water and The free-cooling function depends on two parameters:
compressor for the C4 extraction air recovery circuit operating in - Offset: Defines the difference between the setpoint and the
COOLING mode). temperature of the return air, at which the outdoor air damper
To check whether or not the conditions of the outdoor air are more starts to open.
favourable than those for the ambient air, two procedures can be used: - Differential: Defines the degree of the opening of the outdoor air
damper in accordance with the ambient air temperature.
- For thermal free-cooling, the opening of the outdoor air damper is
ordered when the temperature of the outdoor air is lower than that
of the return air plus a differential. In this case, the control uses the
FC C3 C4
outdoor and return air temperature probes. VER REF
- For thermoenthalpic free-cooling, the opening of the outdoor air
damper is performed when the enthalpy of the outdoor air is lower Tc ref T
BANDA_TEMP
than that of the return air plus a differential and it also meets the BANDA_TEMP _FRIO
condition that the outdoor temperature is lower than that of the return _FRIO
air by 1ºC, which allows the outdoor conditions to be taken advantage OFFSET_TEMP
_FRIO
of in a warm and humid environment.
Mask Default Possible Mask Default

Variable Description Variable Description UOM
index value values index value
CU14 HAB_FREECOOL_INV Enable FC winter 1 0: No / 1: Yes U09 OFFSET_FCOOL_VER Summer FC ramp: Offset -2.0 °C
CU14 HAB_FREECOOL_VER Enable FC summer 1 0: No / 1: Yes U09 BANDA_FCOOL_VER Summer FC ramp: Differ. 2.0 °C
• Free-cooling in HEATING (winter)

8.4. DUAL remote condensation (optional)
Free-cooling in winter is useful, for example, in swimming pools,
where during operation in winter the temperature of the air increases This option makes it possible to select, based on needs for comfort, for the
above the heating setpoint due to overheating, making it necessary condensation to be done in the indoor air circuit or in the remote outdoor
to cool instead of heat. condenser. This option is available only for those units without cooling
This function will be active as long as the following conditions are met: recovery, which already have DUAL operation without needing remote
condensation.
- The unit is operating in HEATING mode. Evaporator Condenser
coil coil
- The winter free-cooling function is authorised.
- The outdoor temperature is below the ambient temperature minus
the free-cooling differential (if using thermal free-cooling). The
unit also takes into account that the enthalpy of the outdoor air
is less than that of the ambient air minus a differential (if using
C1
thermoenthalpic free-cooling).
V3V C4 FC
CLF INV C3
T
Tc clf
BANDA_TEMP Plates Remote
_CALOR exchanger condenser
OFFSET_VALV OFFSET_
_CALOR FC_INV
The condenser exchange is done by the electronic control based on
BANDA_VALV BANDA_
_CALOR Punto fijo para FC_INV the ambient temperature through the NO5 digital output.
comienzo C4
The signal to change heat dissipation
Mask Default
index
value
UOM occurs when the ambient temperature
surpasses the Tcref value, and it does not
U09a OFFSET_FCOOL_INV Winter FC ramp: Offset 1.0 °C
return to the recovery position when that
U09a BANDA_FCOOL_INV Winter FC ramp: Differ. 2.0 °C
temperature is below Tcclf. Tc clf Tc ref T
9. TIME SCHEDULING
Time scheduling is possible only from the pGD1 terminal. • Forced schedule:
For an occasional start or stop of the unit without modifying the set
CIATpool
Pressing the key grants access Main menu schedule. When it ends, the unit goes back to the start-up type that
to the main display of the Main 1. Setpoints : was set.
2. Inputs/outputs :
menu. By using the keys,
3. On/Off :
the cursor will move through the 4. Winter/summer :
menu and access granted to the 5. TIME SCHEDULING :
Time scheduling. 6. Gas Burner :
10. MAINTENANCE
Creation of a time scheduling
The pGD1 terminal has a schedule programmer that makes it possible 10.1. Time counter setting
to choose from among 3 different programmes for each day of the week.
By pressing simultaneously the Technical Menu
Each of the 3 daily programmes establishes the time periods (slots) in
which the unit will be in the programme and outside of it. The maximum keys for several seconds User :
number of slots permitted per programme is 3. These programmes will from any display, access is granted
be created on the PH04, PH05 and PH06 displays. to the start display of the Technical MAINTENANCE : 
menu, within which may be found
For example: PH05 Manufacturer :
the Maintenance menu.
- Morning: 08:00 to 14:00
TIME SCHEDULING No. 2
- Afternoon: 17:00 to 20:30 Slot1 > 08:00 to 14:00 These displays can be found MAINTENANCE MENU
The unit will be outside of the
Slot2 > 17:00 to 20:30 in the Counters group of the
Slot3 > 00:00 to 00:00 Inputs/outputs:
time scheduling for the remaining Maintenance menu. This menu
hours. is password-protected. If access COUNTERS: 
is needed: consult.
Start type Alarm history:
The start type and the condition of the unit outside of the time scheduling
The control has the total hours of operation of the unit for each of
will be selected on the PH03 display:
the compressors (including the recuperation option), indoor fan,
• Schedule ON/OFF: free-cooling and the optional support elements: water auxiliary coil,
Within the programme, the unit will function with the setpoints electrical heaters, rotational recuperator. These values are stored in
established for the air temperature in COOLING and HEATING mode, the permanent memory (EPROM).
the humidity and the temperature of the swimming pool water, and
When the number of hours of operation reach the value of the setpoint,
outside of the schedule it will remain stopped (PH07, PH08, PH08a,
the corresponding alarm is activated. These alarms are only for
and PH08b displays).
indicating, and in order to reset, it is necessary to access the counter
• Schedule only setpoint change: reset of the corresponding display.
Two different control setpoints will be established for the air
temperature in COOLING and HEATING mode, humidity and the
temperature of the swimming pool water: one, during the programme
slots and another outside the programme (PH07, PH08, PH08a and 10.2. Input / output test
PH08b displays). During maintenance operations, MAINTENANCE MENU
• ON/OFF schedule with ON limit SET: the Inputs / Outputs test
The unit is stopped outside of the time scheduling, but a start safety is (Maintenance menu) allows INPUTS/OUTPUTS: 
established when some parameter, e.g., air or water temperature or rapid verification of the status of
Counters:
humidity, goes above or below the limit setpoints introduced (PH09, the input and output signals. In
PH10, PH11, PH11a, PH11b and PH11c displays). order to carry out this control, the Alarm history:
unit must be stopped.
• 3 setpoints + OFF schedule for the unit:
- The A08, A08a and A08b displays allow the inputs to be displayed
The unit is stopped outside of the time scheduling; within the
as read by the control without calibration or conversion.
programme, 3 setpoints may be established: COMFORT: standard
setpoint, ECONOMY: setpoint more removed from the comfort - The A09 and A09a displays enable verification of the operation of
point, used in times when the building has low occupancy, and the corresponding digital outputs by manual activation of the output
PROTECTION: protection setpoint for the building, normally used relays.
at night, when the building is empty. This schedule is programmed - The A10 display enables verification of the operation of the analogue
on the PH13, PH14, PH15, PH15a and PH15b displays. outputs by acting on the opening percentage.
CIATpool
11. PROBES
By pressing simultaneously the Technical Menu 11.3. Probe configuration
keys for several seconds A scale is assigned (start of scale - end of scale) on the A07c and A07d
User :
from any display, access is granted displays related to the maximum and minimum calibration values of
to the start display of the Technical MAINTENANCE :  the active air quality and humidity probes.
menu, within which may be found
Manufacturer :
the Maintenance menu.
The displays for configuring the
probes are found in the Inputs/
MAINTENANCE MENU 12. ALARMS
INPUTS/OUTPUTS: 
Outputs group of the Maintenance 12.1. View of the alarms
menu. This menu is password- Counters: The alarms can be viewed:
protected. If access is needed:
Alarm history:
consult. View of the alarms in the pGD1 terminal:
There is/are active alarm(s) if the key is illuminated red. By pressing
11.1. Calibration the key once the description of the first alarm will be shown. By using the
The calibration of the probe is done by giving a value to each probe. keys, the other alarms stored in the memory can be consulted.
The value given to the parameter is added to the value read by the By pressing this key for a second time, they will be reset.
probe. This modified value will be the one that appears on the displays
If no alarm is active, the message
and is considered valid in all of the control processes.
“No alarm active” appears on the
- Humidity and temperature of the ambient air (A04 display). display.
No alarm
- Humidity and temperature of the outdoor air (A04a display). active
- Temperature in the optional TCO terminal probe (A04b display).
- Temperature of the return, mixed and outlet air (A05 display).

The last 100 alarms produced can MAINTENANCE MENU
- Optional CO2 air quality (A05a display). be viewed on the Alarm history
Inputs/outputs:
- Inlet and outlet temperature of the hot water auxiliary coil with the display of the Maintenance menu.
DEEP FREEZE option (A05b display). Counters:
The description of the alarm, its
- Inlet and outlet temperature of the swimming pool water plates date and time and the ambient ALARM HISTORY: 
exchanger (A05c display). temperature and humidity at alarm
- Outlet temperature of the optional PWA boiler water plates exchanger time appear on the display. H01
(A05c display). Any operating faults in the Log of alarms H 000
- RS485 ambient temperature and RH no. 1 (A06e display). electrical power are also recorded. 'legend of the
alarm triggered'
- RS485 ambient temperature and RH no. 2 (A06g display).
00:00 U:01 00/00/0000
- RS485 outdoor temperature and RH no. 1 (A06i display). T: 00.0 ßC Rh: 00.0 %
In the TCO terminal (optional):

11.2. Probe filters
There are active alarms if the display shows the icon .
The probe filter is used to eliminate readings of incorrect values
produced by a high electromagnetic noise level (A07h and A07i By pressing the key, the display will
displays). show a series of values (in succession). One of
these values may be an alarm code. If there is
If this function is authorised, before accepting the probe reading value
more than one alarm, the alarm with the greatest
as valid, the following is verified:
importance is shown under the symbol AL.
- The difference between the value of the current and previous reading.
The value “0” can be written onto the display
If it is less than the differential set, the reading is considered as
instead of the alarm code by pressing the
accepted.
key.
- If the reading carried out is not accepted, the value of the previous
All alarms that are not active can be reset
reading is kept thus momentarily blocking the reading.
by pressing the key. The icon
- The blocking is removed when an accepted reading is carried out will disappear from the display if there is no
or when the established blocking time has elapsed. remaining active alarm.
12.2. Alarms list
Controlled alarms Unit Shutdown Type of Timing Actuation pGD1 TCO Addr.
shutdown affected circ. reset
CIATpool
Thermal of compressor of circuit 1 No Yes Auto (*) No Shutdown of circuit No.1 AL01 AL1 27
Thermal of compressor of circuit 2 No Yes Auto (*) No Shutdown of circuit No.2 AL02 AL2 28
Thermal of compressor of water circuit No Yes Auto (*) No Shutdown of water circuit AL02a AL201 151
High pressure circuit 1 No Yes Auto (*) No Shutdown of circuit No.1 AL05 AL5 29
High pressure circuit 2 No Yes Auto (*) No Shutdown of circuit No.2 AL06 AL6 30
High pressure of water circuit and/or
No Yes Auto (*) No Shutdown of circuit of water AL06a AL601 153
open flow switch
Shutdown of the recovery
High and low pressure recovery circuit No No Auto (*) No AL07 AL7 118
compressor
Maintenance of the recovery
No No Manual No Only indication AL08 AL8 119
compressor
HEATING mode: this closes
outdoor air damper and opens
Yes (in Yes (in
HWC valve
Anti-freeze alarm of hot water coil COOLING COOLING Manual Yes (2 seconds) AL09 AL9 31
COOLING mode: this stops
mode) mode)
compressors and closes outdoor
damper
High ambient temperature No No Manual Yes, programmable Only indication AL10 AL10 34
Low ambient temperature No No Manual Yes, programmable Only indication AL11 AL11 35
Low pressure circuit 1 No Yes Auto (*) No Shutdown of circuit 1 AL12 AL12 38
Low pressure circuit 2 No Yes Auto (*) No Shutdown of circuit 2 AL13 AL13 39
Low pressure water circuit No Yes Auto (*) No Shutdown of circuit of water AL13a AL1301 155
Compressor of circuit 1 maintenance No No Manual No Only indication AL16 AL16 36
Compressor of circuit 2 maintenance No No Manual No Only indication AL17 AL17 37
Compressor of water circuit
maintenance
Thermal indoor fan and/or air flow 0 s (thermal relay)
Yes Yes Manual Serious alarm, unit shutdown AL20 AL20 40
switch 30 s (flow switch)
Clogged filters No No Manual Yes (5 seconds) Only indication AL23 AL23 43
Thermal electrical heaters stages 1 & 2 No No Auto (*) No El. heaters shutdown AL24 AL24 44
Failure Eprom memory No No Manual No Serious alarm, but only indication AL26 AL26 32
Clock No No Manual No Only indication AL27 AL27 33
Unit maintenance No No Manual No Only indication AL28 AL28 108
Return temperature probe Yes Yes Manual No Serious alarm, unit shutdown AL29 AL29 109
Ambient humidity probe No.1 No No Manual No Only indication AL30a AL3001 165
RS485 probe No.1 without
No No Auto No Only indication AL30b AL3002 163
communication
Ambient temperature probe No.1 No No Manual No Only indication AL30c AL3003 164
Ambient humidity probe No.2 No No Manual No Only indication AL30d AL3004 177
RS485 probe No.2 without
No No Auto No Only indication AL30e AL3005 175
communication
Ambient temperature probe No.2 No No Manual No Only indication AL30f AL3006 176
Outdoor humidity RS485 probe No No Manual No Only indication AL30g AL3007 193
RS485 outdoor probe without
No No Auto No Only indication AL30h AL3008 194
communication
Outdoor temperature RS485 probe No No Manual No Only indication AL30i AL3009 195
pLAN network probe: T, RH or CO2
without communication
Outdoor temperature probe No No Manual No Only indication AL32 AL32 111
Indoor humidity probe No No Manual No Only indication AL33 AL33 112
CIATpool
Controlled alarms Unit Shutdown Type of Timing Actuation pGD1 TCO Addr.
shutdown affected circ. reset
Outdoor humidity probe No No Manual No Only indication AL34 AL34 113

Outlet temperature probe No No Manual No Only indication AL35 AL35 114
Mixing temperature or air quality probe No No Manual No Only indication AL35a AL3501 130
COOLING setpoint < HEATING setpoint Yes Yes Manual No Serious alarm, unit shutdown AL36 AL36 115
Compressor discharge T of circuit 1 No Yes Auto No Shutdown of circuit 1 AL37 AL37 126
Compressor discharge T of circuit 2 No Yes Auto No Shutdown of circuit 2 AL38 AL38 127
Compressor discharge T of water circuit No Yes Auto No Shutdown of circuit of water AL38a AL3801 159
Serious alarm, shut-down of
the unit and open /closed of the
Anti-fire safety device / smoke detection Yes Yes Manual No AL39 AL39 136
outdoor damper (according to
configuration of display CS01)
Shutdown electrical heaters
Outlet temperature limit exceeded No No Manual No AL40 AL40 166
or burner
HEATING mode: unit
Unit blocking due to anti-freeze alarm Yes Yes Manual No AL43 AL43 197
shutdown
Expansion board I/O pCOe without
No Sí Auto No Only indication AL45g AL4507 162
communication
Expansion board I/O pCOe fault alarm No No Auto No Only indication AL45l AL4509 161
Energy meter without communication No No Auto No Only indication AL46 AL46 192
Outlet plug-fan without communication No No Auto No Only indication AL47 AL47 201
Pressure sensor for air flow control (outlet
No No Auto No Only indication AL48 AL48 202
plug-fan)
Return plug-fan without communication No No Auto No Only indication AL49 AL49 205
Pressure sensor for air flow control
(return plug-fan)
Leak detector sensor Yes Yes Manual Yes (60 seconds) Unit shutdown AL51a AL5101 83
Gas leak detected Yes Yes Manual Yes (60 seconds) Unit shutdown AL51b AL5102 82
Leak detector without communication Yes Yes Manual Yes (30 seconds) Unit shutdown AL51c AL5103 81
Leak detector: perform maintenance No No Auto No Only indication AL51d AL5104
Variable frequency drive (VFD) of outlet
Yes Yes Manual No Unit shutdown AL61 AL61 51
fan without communication
Variable frequency drive (VFD) of return
Yes Yes Manual No Unit shutdown AL62 AL62 97
fan without communication
Water inlet T probe on the hot water coil
(expansion board I/O pCOe)
Yes (in Yes (in The pump is activated and
Water outlet T probe on the hot water coil
COOLING COOLING Auto No the hot water coil valve open AL65 AL65 69
mode) mode) to 100%
Yes (in Yes (in Serious alarm, the pump is
Anti-freeze alarm on the hot water coil
COOLING COOLING Manual No activated and the hot water AL66 AL66 70
mode) mode) coil valve open to 100%
Ambient air temperaure probe No No Auto No Only indication AL67 AL67 41
Water temperature probe on the exchager
No Yes Auto No Shutdown of circuit of water AL68 AL68 42
input
Water temperature probe on the exchager
No Yes Auto No Shutdown of circuit of water AL69 AL69 78
output
Water temperature probe on the PWA
No Yes Auto No Valve closed to 0% AL70 AL70 79
output
Low water temperature on the exchager
No Yes Manual No Shutdown of circuit of water AL71 AL71 99
output
Low water temperature on the PWA
No No Manual No Valve open to 100% AL72 AL72 93
output
High ambient air humidity No No Manual Yes, programmable Only indication AL73 AL73 45
Low ambient air humidity No No Manual Yes, programmable Only indication AL74 AL74 47
13. LIST OF FACTORY-SET PARAMETERS

13.1. Parameters of the MAIN MENU
CIATpool
Display Parameter Description of the parameter Value Unit Maximum Minimum Type R/W Addr.
SETPOINTS
S01 SET_POINT_HUM Humidity setpoint 65,0 %rH LIM_INF_HUM LIM_SUP_HUM Analog R/W 18
SET_POINT_TEMP_ SET_POINT_
S02 Summer air setpoint 31,0 °C LIM_SUP_TEMP Analog R/W 15
FRIO TEMP_CALOR
SET_POINT_TEMP_ SET_POINT_
S02 Winter air setpoint 28,0 °C LIM_INF_TEMP Analog R/W 16
CALOR TEMP_FRIO
SET_POINT_TEMP_ LIM_INF_ LIM_SUP
S02a Water setpoint 26,0 °C Analog R/W 64
AGUA TEMP_AGUA TEMP_AGUA
INPUTS / OUTPUTS
I20 VER_SOFT Current version of the program 5.0 --- 0 99,9 Analog R 75
OFF / ON
0: OFF
PM01 SYS_ON OFF/ ON of the unit via the keyboard 0: OFF --- Digital R/W 65
1: ON
WINTER / SUMMER
1: Pannel
FC01 SEL_FRIO_CALOR Selection of winter/summer mode 2: AUTO --- Integer R/W 59
2: auto
1: 0: Winter
FC01 CALOR_FRIO_PANEL Winter / summer by keyboard --- Digital R/W 66
Summer 1: Summer
SCHEDULE PROGRAMMING
0: ON/OFF program
1: Program with setpoint change
3: 2: ON/OFF program (set ON limit)
PH03 TIPO_ARR Type of start-up --- Integer R/W 71
Manual 3: Manual
4: 3 setpoints schedule + OFF unit
5: Forced
PH03 TIME_F_MAN ON time with forced start-up 2 h 1 999 Integer R/W 73
HAB_BLOQ_COMP_ Disable the compressors in summer with scheduling
PH03 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 72
ON_FASE_LIM_FRIO and setpoint limit in summer (free-cooling night)
HAB_BLOQ_
Disable the outdoor air exchange and scheduling
PH03 RENOVACION_ON_ 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 73
limit setpoint (night)
FASE_LIM
PH04 H_ARR_1A Start-up hour of slot 1- program 1 6 h 0 23 Integer R/W 74
PH04 M_ARR_1A Start-up minute of slot 1-program 1 30 min 0 59 Integer R/W 75
PH04 H_PAR_1A Stop hour of slot 1 - program 1 11 h 0 23 Integer R/W 76
PH04 M_PAR_1A Stop minute of slot 1 - program 1 0 min 0 59 Integer R/W 77
PH04 H_ARR_1B Start-up hour of slot 2 - program 1 11 h 0 23 Integer R/W 78
PH04 M_ARR_1B Start-up minute of slot 2 - program 1 30 min 0 59 Integer R/W 79
PH04 H_PAR_1B Stop hour of slot 2 - program 1 13 h 0 23 Integer R/W 80
PH04 M_PAR_1B Stop minute of slot 2 - program 1 30 min 0 59 Integer R/W 81
PH04 H_ARR_1C Start-up hour of slot 3 - program 1 15 h 0 23 Integer R/W 82
PH04 M_ARR_1C Start-up minute of slot 3 - program 1 0 min 0 59 Integer R/W 83
PH04 H_PAR_1C Stop hour of slot 3 - program 1 19 h 0 23 Integer R/W 84
PH04 M_PAR_1C Stop minute of slot 3 - program 1 0 min 0 59 Integer R/W 85
PH05 H_ARR_2A Start-up hour of slot1 - program 2 8 h 0 23 Integer R/W 86
PH05 M_ARR_2A Start-up minute of slot 1 - program 2 0 min 0 59 Integer R/W 87
CIATpool
Parameters of the MAIN MENU (continued)
SCHEDULE PROGRAMMING (...continued)

PH06 H_ARR_3A Start-up hour of slot 1 - program 3 7 h 0 23 Integer R/W 98
PH06 M_ARR_3A Start-up minute of slot 1 - program 3 0 min 0 59 Integer R/W 99
PH07 SET_INT_FRIO Setpoint for time slots in summer 26 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 61
PH07 SET_EXT_FRIO Setpoint out of time slots in summer 28 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 59
PH08 SET_INT_CALOR Setpoint for time slots in winter 21 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 60
PH08 SET_EXT_CALOR Setpoint out of time slots in winter 19 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 58
PH09 SET_INT_LIM_FRIO Setpoint for time slots in summer with "ON-OFF with SET limit of ON" 26 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 79
PH09 SET_EXT_LIM_FRIO Safety setpoint out of time slots in summer 34 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 77
PH10 SET_INT_LIM_CALOR Setpoint for time slots in winter with "ON-OFF with SET limit of ON" 21 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 78
PH10 SET_EXT_LIM_CALOR Safety setpoint out of time slots in winter 13 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 76
PH11 DIF_LIM_CALOR Differential for Set.Limit in winter with "ON-OFF with SET limit of ON" 1 °C 0 99,9 Analog R/W 81
PH11 DIF_LIM_FRIO Differential for Set.Limit in summer with "ON-OFFwith SET limit of ON" 2 °C 0 99,9 Analog R/W 80
PH12 LUN_A Monday schedule (0=off; 1=program1; 2=program2; 3=program3) 1 --- 0 3 Integer R/W 110
PH12 MAR_A Tuesday schedule (0=off; 1=program1; 2=program2; 3=program3) 1 --- 0 3 Integer R/W 111
PH12 MIE_A Wednesday schedule (0=off; 1=program1; 2=program2; 3=program3) 1 --- 0 3 Integer R/W 112
PH12 JUE_A Thrusday schedule (0=off; 1=program1; 2=program2; 3=program3) 1 --- 0 3 Integer R/W 113
PH12 VIE_A Friday schedule (0=off; 1=program1; 2=program2; 3=program3) 3 --- 0 3 Integer R/W 114
PH12 SAB_A Saturday schedule (0=off; 1=program1; 2=program2; 3=program3) 0 --- 0 3 Integer R/W 115
PH12 DOM_A Sunday schedule (0=off; 1=program1; 2=program2; 3=program3) 0 --- 0 3 Integer R/W 116
MOD_SCHED_ Selection for each day of the week of setpoint CONFORT, ECONOMY,
PH13 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
GRAHP_CIAT BUILDING PROTECTION and OFF mode for each half-hour.
PH14 SET_INT_FRIO Setpoint for CONFORT time slots in summer 31,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 61
PH14 SET_EXT_FRIO Setpoint for ECONOMY time slots in summer 33,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 59
PH14 SET_EXT_LIM_FRIO Setpoint for BUILDING PROTECTION time slots in summer 39,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 77
PH14 DIF_LIM_FRIO Differential for the setpoint of BUILDING PROTECTION in summer 2,0 °C 0,0 99,9 Analog R/W 80
PH15 SET_INT_CALOR Setpoint for CONFORT time slots in winter 28,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 60
PH15 SET_EXT_CALOR Setpoint for ECONOMY time slots in winter 26,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 58
PH15 SET_EXT_LIM_CALOR Setpoint for BUILDING PROTECTION time slots in winter 20,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 76
PH15 DIF_LIM_CALOR Differential for the setpoint of BUILDING PROTECTION in winter 2,0 °C 0,0 99,9 Analog R/W 81
PH15a SET_INT_HUM Setpoint for CONFORT time slots in humdity 65,0 %rH -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 86
PH15a SET_EXT_HUM Setpoint for ECONOMY time slots in humdity 70,0 %rH -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 90
PH15a SET_EXT_LIM_HUM Setpoint for BUILDING PROTECTION time slots in humdity 75,0 %rH -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 93
PH15a DIF_LIM_HUM Differential for the setpoint of BUILDING PROTECTION in humdity 5,0 %rH 0,0 99,9 Analog R/W 95
PH15b SET_INT_AGUA Setpoint for CONFORT time slots in water 26,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 85
PH15b SET_EXT_AGUA Setpoint for ECONOMY time slots in water 24,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 89
PH15b SET_EXT_LIM_AGUA Setpoint for BUILDING PROTECTION time slots in water 18,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 92
PH15b DIF_LIM_AGUA Differential for the setpoint of BUILDING PROTECTION in water 2,0 °C 0,0 99,9 Analog R/W 94
13.2. Parameters of the TECHNICAL MENU

USER displays
CIATpool
USER: CONTROL
LIM_INF_
U01 LIM_SUP_HUM Upper limit of humidity setpoint 80,0 %rH 99,9 Analog R/W 23
HUM
LIM_SUP_
U01 LIM_INF_HUM Lower limit of humidity setpoint 50,0 %rH 0 Analog R/W 24
HUM
U02 BANDA_HUM_FRIO Humidity control band in COOLING mode 4,0 %rH 0 10 Analog R/W 17
U02 BANDA_HUM_CALOR Humidity control band in HEATING mode 3,0 %rH 0 10 Analog R/W 96
U02a ZONA_MUERTA_HUM Dead zone of humidity control 4,0 %rH 0 50 Analog R/W 40
U03 LIM_SUP_TEMP_FRIO Upper limit of temperature setpoint in COOLING mode 33,0 °C 20 50 Analog R/W 19
U03 LIM_INF_TEMP_FRIO Lower limit of temperature setpoint in COOLING mode 28,0 °C 0 30 Analog R/W 20
U03a LIM_SUP_TEMP_CALOR Upper limit of temperature setpoint in HEATING mode 31,0 °C 20 50 Analog R/W 148
U03a LIM_INF_TEMP_CALOR Lower limit of temperature setpoint in HEATING mode 26,0 °C 0 30 Analog R/W 149
U04 BANDA_TEMP_FRIO Control band of temperature in COOLING mode (summer) 2,0 °C 0 15 Analog R/W 21
U04 BANDA_TEMP_CALOR Control band of temperature in HEATING mode (winter) 1,0 °C 0 15 Analog R/W 22
U04a ZONA_MUERTA_TEMP Dead zone of temperature control 0,0 °C 0 3 Analog R/W 39
U05 LIM_SUP_TEMP_AGUA Upper limit of water temperature setpoint 33,0 °C 20 50 Analog R/W 65
U05 LIM_INF_TEMP_AGUA Lower limit of water temperature setpoint 24,0 °C 0 30 Analog R/W 66
U05a BANDA_TEMP_AGUA Control band of water temperature 2,0 °C 0 15 Analog R/W 67

HAB_PRIORIDAD_
U05b Enable the priority of the water compressor in HEATING mode 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 125
COMP_AGUA_CALOR
OFFSET_TEMP_AGUA_ Offset of water termperature control in case of proirity of the
U05b 10,0 °C 0 15 Analog R/W 73
CON_PRIORIDAD water compresor
U07 DELTA_FREE_COOL Delta of temperature to enable free-cooling 3,0 °C 0 15 Analog R/W 27
MAX_APERTURA_ Maximum opening of the outdoor air damper with free-cooling
U07 100 % 0 100 Integer R/W 132
COMPUERTA_FREE or freeheating
U08 DELTA_PR_DIF Delta of enthalpy to enable free-cooling (whole part) 1 kc/kg 0 30 Integer R/W 20
U08 DELTA_SEC_DIF Delta of enthalpy to enable free-cooling (decimal part) 0 kc/kg 0 999 Integer R/W 21
U08 100 % 0 100 Integer R/W 132
COMPUERTA_FREE or free-heating
U08a DELTA_HUM_ABS Delta of absolute outdoor humidity in g/Kg of dry air 0,5 g/Kg 0 10 Analog R/W 36
U08a 100 % 0 100 Integer R/W 132
COMPUERTA_FREE or freeheating
U09 OFFSET_FCOOL_VER Offset of free-cooling damper according to summer setpoint -2,0 °C -5 5 Analog R/W 28
U09 BANDA_FCOOL_VER Differential of free-cooling damper according to the previous offset 2,0 °C 0 5 Analog R/W 29
U09a OFFSET_FCOOL_INV Offset of free-cooling damper according to winter setpoint 1,0 °C -5 5 Analog R/W 98
U09a BANDA_FCOOL_INV Differential of free-cooling damper according to the previous offset 2,0 °C 0 5 Analog R/W 97
Offset of free-dehumidificacion damper according to summer
U09 OFFSET_FDESH_VER -2,0 %rH -5 5 Analog R/W 30
setpoint
Differential of free-dehumidificacion damper according to the
U09 BANDA_FDESH_VER 2,0 %rH 0 5 Analog R/W 31
previous offset
Offset of free-dehumidificacion damper according to winter
U09a OFFSET_FDESH_INV 0,0 %rH -5 5 Analog R/W 100
setpoint
Differential of free-dehumidificacion damper according to the
U09a BANDA_FDESH_INV 1,0 %rH 0 5 Analog R/W 99
previous offset
U11 SET_RENOVACION % Outdoor air for refreshing 30% % 0 99 Integer R/W 36
POS_COMPUERTA_AL_ 0: 0: Normal
U11b Outdoor damper in the start-up in winter --- Digital R/W 54
INICIO Normal 1: Closed
MIN_APERTURA_
U11b Minimum opening of the outdoor air damper 0 % 0 100 Integer R/W 165
COMPUERTA
MAX_APERTURA_
U11b Maximum opening of the outdoor air damper 100 % 0 100 Integer R/W 131
COMPUERTA
Compensation of the ambient temperature in order to calculate
U12b OFFSET_CAL_IMP_FRIO 15,0 °C 0 30 Analog R/W 114
the outlet setpoint (SET) in COOLING mode
CIATpool
USER displays
USER: CONTROL (...continued)

U12- SET_IMPULSION_FRIO_ SET_IMPULSION_
Minimum outlet temperature limit setpoint 10,0 °C 0 Analog R/W 32
U12b MIN FRIO_MAX
SET_IMPULSION_FRIO_ SET_IMPULSION_
U12b Maximum outlet temperature limit setpoint 22,0 °C 30 Analog R/W 115
MAX FRIO_MIN
U12- Limit of differential of minimum discharge
BANDA_IMP_FRIO 5,0 °C 0 20 Analog R/W 33
U12b temperature
Compensation of the ambient temperature in
OFFSET_CAL_IMP_
U12c order to calculate the outlet setpoint (SET) in 22,0 °C 0 30 Analog R/W 112
CALOR
HEATING mode
SET_IMPULSION_ SET_IMPULSION_
U12c Minimum outlet temperature limit setpoint 30,0 °C 25 Analog R/W 113
CALOR_MIN CALOR_MAX
U12a- SET_IMPULSION_ SET_IMPULSION_
Maximum outlet temperature limit setpoint 45,0 °C 55 Analog R/W 83
U12c CALOR_MAX CALOR_MIN
U12a- Limit of differential of maximun discharge
BANDA_IMP_CALOR 5,0 °C 0 20 Analog R/W 84
U12c temperature
U12d SP_CO2 Setpoint of air quality control 1000 ppm 0 2000 Integer R/W 4
U12d DIF_CO2 Differential of air quality control 500 ppm 0 1000 Integer R/W 5
Offset of electrical heaters control or gas burner
U20 OFFSET_RES -2,0 °C -5 5 Analog R/W 52
in winter
Differential of electrical heaters control or gas
U20 BANDA_RES 2,0 °C 0 5 Analog R/W 53
burner in winter
SET_HAB_RES_TEMP_ Setpoint for enabling the electrical heaters by
U20 20,0 °C -20 40 Analog R/W 129
EXT the outside temperature
U28 OFFSET_VALV_CALOR Offset of 3-way valve control in winter -2,0 °C -10 0 Analog R/W 62
U28 BANDA_VALV_CALOR Band of 3-way valve control in winter 2,0 °C 0 5 Analog R/W 63
HAB_PRIORIDAD_BAC_
U28 Priority of 3-way valve control to the compressor 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 132
CALOR
DESCONEXION_NUM_ NUM_ETAPAS
U36 Number of compressor stages to disconnect. 0 --- 0 Integer R/W 128
COMP_AIRE_FRIO _COMPRESOR
DESCONEXION_NUM_ NUM_ETAPAS
U36 Number of compressor stages to disconnect. 0 --- 0 Integer R/W 63
COMP_AIRE_CALOR _COMPRESOR
Enabling OFF of compressor stages or
HAB_OFF_ETAPAS_
U36 resistances stages by digital inputs of 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
POR_DIN
expansion module
DESCONEXION_NUM_
U37a Number of compressor stages to disconnect 0 --- 0 1 Integer R/W 55
COMP_AGUA
DESCONEXION_NUM_
U37a Number of compressor stages to disconnect 0 --- 0 1 Integer R/W 56
COMP_REC
HAB_OFF_ETAPAS_
U37a resistances stages by digital inputs of 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
POR_DIN
expansion module
DESCONEXION_NUM_
U37b Number of elec. heaters stages to disconnect 0 --- 0 NUM_RES Integer R/W 129
RESISTENCIAS
HAB_OFF_ETAPAS_
U37b resistances stages by digital inputs of expansion 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
POR_DIN
module
U39 NEW_PASS_UT New password of USER **** --- 0 9999 Integer R/W 28
USER: COMUNICATION
0: Carel
0: 1: LonWorks
U36a TIPO_PROT_COM Type of protocol in supervision network --- 2: Modbus Integer
Carel 3: Commissioning
4: Modbus Extented
U36b BMS_ADDRESS Address of supervisory network 1 --- 0 207 Integer
0: 1200
1: 2400
4:
U36b BAUD_RATE Baudrate for the supervisory connection --- 2: 4800 Integer
19200
3: 9600
4: 19200
U36b Stop_bits_Number_MB Number of stop bits for the MODBUS protocol 0: 2 bits --- 0: 2 bits # 1: 1 btis Digital
0: no
U36b Parity_Type_MB Type of parity for the MODBUS protocol 0: NO --- 1: couple Integer
2: odd
USER displays
USER: OTHER
CIATpool
U18a AUTOSTART Automatic start after blocking 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 58
U18a TIME_ON_AUTOSTART Timing for the automatic start after a power failure 5 s 5 999 Integer R/W 166
U18a1 HAB_ON_OFF_REMOTO Enabling of remote ON/OFF 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 59
HAB_OFF_REMOTO_ Enabling of building protection when the unit is turned OFF by the
U18a1 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CON_PROTECCION remote input ON / OFF
HAB_BLOQ_COMP_ON_ Disable the compressors in summer with scheduling and setpoint
U18a1 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 72
FASE_LIM_FRIO limit in summer (free-cooling night)
HAB_BLOQ_
U18a1 RENOVACION_ON_ Disable the outdoor air exchange and scheduling limit setpoint (night) 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 73
FASE_LIM
U18a2 SET_EXT_LIM_FRIO Setpoint for BUILDING PROTECTION time slots in summer 39,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 77
U18a2 DIF_LIM_FRIO Differential for the setpoint of BUILDING PROTECTION in summer 2,0 °C 0 99,9 Analog R/W 80
U18a2 SET_EXT_LIM_CALOR Setpoint for BUILDING PROTECTION time slots in winter 20,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 76
U18a2 DIF_LIM_CALOR Differential for the setpoint of BUILDING PROTECTION in winter 2,0 °C 0 99,9 Analog R/W 81
U18a3 SET_EXT_LIM_HUM Setpoint for BUILDING PROTECTION time slots 75,0 %rH -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 93
U18a3 DIF_LIM_HUM Differential for the setpoint of BUILDING PROTECTION 5,0 %rH 0 99,9 Analog R/W 95
U18a3 SET_EXT_LIM_AGUA Setpoint for BUILDING PROTECTION time slots 18,0 °C -99,9 99,9 Analog R/W 92
U18a3 DIF_LIM_AGUA Differential for the setpoint of BUILDING PROTECTION 2,0 °C 0 99,9 Analog R/W 94
U18b TIME_PANT pGD1 control led switch on time 30 s 0 999 Integer R/W 58
U18c HAB_G_PRINC Enable automatic back function to menu page 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
U18c TIME_RETURN_MENU Time without operation on the terminal for automatic return 120 s 0 999 Integer
MANUFACTURER displays
MANUFACTURER: UNIT SETTINGS
CU01 TIPO_EQUIPO Unit type 2: dehumidifier --- 2: dehumidifier Integer R/W 182
CU01 NUM_WO_DIG_1 Work Order Number of unit - DIGIT 1 0 --- 0 9 Analog R/W 185
0: ---
1 : 1 c o m p r. / 1 c i r c .
CU02 NUM_COMP_CIRC_AIRE Number of air compressors 3: 2 compr./ 2 circ --- Integer R/W 60
2 : 2 c o m p r. / 1 c i r c .
3: 2 compr./ 2 circ.
0: ---
CU02 NUM_COMP_CIRC_AGUA Number of water compressors 1: 1 compr./ 1 circ --- Integer R/W 34
1:1 compr./ 1 circ
Offset from the setpoint of water temperature for the
CU02a OFFSET_TEMP_AGUA 0,0 °C 0 5 Analog R/W 101
operation of the water compressor
0: No
CU03 CONF_OUT09 Digital output configuration OUT09 2: recovery compr. --- 1: Rotary recupeator Integer R/W 117
2: Rec. compressor
Minimum opening of outdoor damper for ON
CU03 MIN_APERTURA_ON_REC 10 % 0 99 Integer R/W 68
recovery compressor
TIME_MIN_APERTURA_ Time with minimum opening of outdoor damper for
CU03 90 s 0 999 Integer R/W 9
ON_REC ON recovery compressor
HAB_BOMBA_CALOR_ 1: rec. comp heat 0: rec. comp cooling only
CU03 Recovery compressor - Heat pump --- Digital R/W 203
COMP_REC pump 1: rec. comp heat pump
0: N.Open ;
CU03 CONF_VIC 4-way valve of the recovery circuit 0: N. Open --- Digital
1: N.Closed
CIATpool
MANUFACTURER: UNIT SETTINGS (...continued)

0: Alarm ;
CU03a CONF_OUT07 Digital output configuration OUT07 0: Alarm --- Integer R/W 22
1: Dehumidification
1: centrifugal
2: radial
CU04 TIPO_VENT_INT Type of indoor fan 1: centrif. --- Integer R/W 196
3: radial plug-fan
4: centrifugal + VFD
CU04 NUM_VINT_PLUG_FAN Number of indoor plug-fan 2 --- 0 9 Integer
CTE_CALCULO_
CU04 Constant calculation for the indoor plug-fan 260 --- 0 999 Integer
CAUDAL_VINT
x10
CU04 CAUDAL_VINT_NOMINAL Nominal flow indoor plug-fan 1200 0 9999 Integer
m3/h
PORC_CAUDAL_VINT_
CU04 Minimum flow rate for indoor plug-fan -20 % -99 0 Integer
MIN
PORC_CAUDAL_VINT_
CU04 Miaximum flow rate for indoor plug-fan 20 % 0 99 Integer
MAX
CU04 Polea_MOTOR_INT Diameter in mm of the pulley installed on the indoor motor 170 --- 0 999 Integer
CU04 Polea_VENT_INT Diameter in mm of the pulley installed on the indoor fan 260 --- 0 999 Integer
CU04 Pda_VENT_INT_min Point differential pressure minimum of indoor fan 125 Pa 0 9999 Integer R/W 155
CU04 Rpm_VENT_INT_min Point rpm minimum of indoor fan 592 rpm 0 9999 Integer R/W 156
CU04 Pda_VENT_INT_max Point differential pressure maximum of indoor fan 600 Pa 0 9999 Integer R/W 157
CU04 Rpm_VENT_INT_max Point rpm maximun of indoor fan 962 rpm 0 9999 Integer R/W 158
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
CU04a Frequency inverter type for indoor motor 0 --- 0 1 Digital
Sel_Scale_Current
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
CU04a Nominal voltage of indoor motor 400 V 180 690 Integer
Nominal_Volt
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
CU04a Cos phi of indoor motor 85 --- 30 99 Integer
Motor_Cosfi
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
CU04a Nominal frequency of indoor motor 50.0 Hz 30.0 320.0 Analog
Nominal_Frequency
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
CU04a Nominal speed of indoor motor 1440 rpm 300 20000 Integer
Nominal_Speed
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
CU04a Nominal current of indoor motor 0 A 0 999.9 Analog
Nominal_Current
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
CU04a Current limit of indoor motor 0 A 0 999.9 Analog
Current_Limit
HAB_COMP_REG_
CU04c Enable damper for controlling the pressure of the indoor unit 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
PRES_U_INT
MAX_AOUT_VENT_INT_
CU04c Maximum analogue output for the indoor fan in COOLING mode 100 % 30 100 Integer
FRIO
MAX_AOUT_VENT_INT_
CU04c Maximum analogue output for the indoor fan in HEATING mode 100 % 30 100 Integer
CALOR
CU04c MIN_AOUT_VENT_INT Minimum analogue output for the indoor fan 0 % 0 100 Integer
0: no
1: centrifugal
0:
CU041 TIPO_VENT_RET Type of return fan --- 2: axial / radial Integer R/W 202
ninguno
3: radial plug-fan
4: centrifugal + VFD
HAB_CONTROL_
CU041 Enabling of OVERPRESSURE control 0: NO --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 71
SOBREPRESION
CU041 NUM_VRET_PLUG_FAN Number of return plug-fan 2 --- 0 9 Integer
CTE_CALCULO_
CU041 Constant calculation for the return plug-fan 260 --- 0 999 Integer
CAUDAL_VRET
CAUDAL_VRET_ x10
CU041 Nominal flow return plug-fan 1200 0 9999 Integer
NOMINAL m3/h
PORC_CAUDAL_VRET_
CU041 Minimum flow rate for return plug-fan -30 % -99 0 Integer
MIN
PORC_CAUDAL_VRET_
CU041 Miaximum flow rate for return plug-fan 0 % 0 99 Integer
MAX
CU041 Polea_MOTOR_RET Diameter in mm of the pulley installed on the return motor 170 --- 0 999 Integer
CIATpool
CU041 Polea_VENT_RET Diameter in mm of the pulley installed on the return fan 260 --- 0 999 Integer
CU041 Pda_VENT_RET_min Point differential pressure minimum of return fan 125 Pa 0 9999 Integer R/W 170
CU041 Rpm_VENT_RET_min Point rpm minimum of return fan 592 rpm 0 9999 Integer R/W 171
CU041 Pda_VENT_RET_max Point differential pressure maximum of return fan 600 Pa 0 9999 Integer R/W 172
CU041 Rpm_VENT_RET_max Point rpm maximun of return fan 962 rpm 0 9999 Integer R/W 173
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
CU04b Frequency inverter type for return motor 0 --- 0 1 Digital
Sel_Scale_Current
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
CU04b Nominal voltage of return motor 400 V 180 690 Integer
Nominal_Volt
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
CU04b Cos phi of return motor 85 --- 30 99 Integer
Motor_Cosfi
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
CU04b Nominal frequency of return motor 50.0 Hz 30.0 320.0 Analog
Nominal_Frequency
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
CU04b Nominal speed of return motor 1440 rpm 300 20000 Integer
Nominal_Speed
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
CU04b Nominal current of return motor 0 A 0 999.9 Analog
Nominal_Current
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
CU04b Current limit of return motor 0 A 0 999.9 Analog
Current_Limit
0: -------
1: 1 electrical heater
CU07 NUM_RES Number of elec. heaters 0: ------- --- 2: 2 electrical heaters Integer R/W 41
3: 2 el. heaters (3 st.)
4: proportional
CU08 HAB_VALVULA_CALOR Heating valve 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 103
CU08 HAB_VALVULA_ON_OFF Enable hot water coil valve on-off 0: Prop. --- 0: Prop. ; 1: on/off Digital
HAB_PROT_ANTIHIELO_ Enabling of the antifreeze protection of the hot water coil with
CU08 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 128
BAC_GF low outdoor temperatures
SET_ON_VALV_CALOR_ Setpoint by start-up pump and heat valve of H.W.C. for low
CU081 4,0 °C -10 10 Analog R/W 82
POR_BAJA_TEXT outdoor temperature
MIN_APERTURA_VALV_ Minimum opening of heat valve with low outdoor temperature
CU081 10 % 0 100 Integer R/W 133
CALOR and unit ON.
TIME_RET_OFF_BOMBA_
CU081 Delay time to stop of the H.W.C. pump 60 s 0 999 Integer R/W 183
BAC
SET_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_
CU08a Water antifreeze setpoint of the hot water coil 4,0 °C -20,0 10,0 Analog R/W 143
BAC
DIF_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_
CU08a Differential for reset of the water antifreeze of the hot water coil 3,0 °C 0,0 10,0 Analog R/W 144
BAC
CU08b SET_TEMP_AGUA_BAC Water temperature setpoint of the hot water coil 10,0 °C 0,0 20,0 Analog R/W 56
OFFSET_TEMP_AGUA_
CU08b Water temperature offset of the hot water coil with OFF unit 5,0 °C 0,0 10,0 Analog R/W 51
BAC
BANDA_TEMP_AGUA_
CU08b Band of the water temperature setpoint of the hot water coil 2,0 °C 0,0 5,0 Analog R/W 57
BAC
HAB_INTERCAMBIADOR_ 0: Non 0: Non installed;
CU082 Enable the PWA exchanger for pool heating --- Digital R/W 67
PWA installed 1: Installed
1: 1 1: 1 probe RS485
CU09 TIPO_SONDA_AMB Type of ambient probe probe --- 2: 2 probes RS485 Integer R/W 46
RS485 3: shared in pLAN
0: average
SEL_TEMP_2_SOND_ Selection of temperature value with 2 ambient probes (0 =
CU09 1 --- 1: minimal Analog R/W 199
AMB average, 1 = minimal, 2 = maximum)
2: maximum
0: average
Selection of humidity value with 2 ambient probes (0 = average,
CU09 SEL_HUM_2_SOND_AMB 1 --- 1: minimal Analog R/W 200
1 = minimal, 2 = maximum)
2: maximum
0: ------
CU10 TIPO_SONDA_EXT Type of outdoor probe 1 --- 1: 1 probe RS485 Integer R/W 1
2: shared in pLAN
CU10 HAB_SONDA_TEMP_IMP Discharge probe 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 48
CIATpool
HAB_VALV_CALOR_ Supply minimun control with hot water coil with unit in
CU10b 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 100
POR_IMP_MIN_FRIO COOLING mode
HAB_COMP_CALOR_ Supply minimun control with compressors in heating with

POR_IMP_MIN_FRIO unit in COOLING mode
HAB_RES_POR_IMP_ Supply minimun control with electrical heaters with unit

MIN_FRIO in COOLING mode
HAB_VALV_CALOR_ Supply minimun control with hot water coil with unit in
CU10c 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 85
POR_IMP_MIN_CALOR HEATING mode
HAB_COMP_CALOR_ Supply minimun control with compressors in heating

POR_IMP_MIN_CALOR with unit in HEATING mode
HAB_RES_POR_IMP_ Supply minimun control with electrical heaters with unit

MIN_CALOR in HEATING mode
0: None
TIPO_SONDA_ 1: Mixed air 1: Mixed air temperature
CU11 Probe type of renovation --- Integer R/W 127
RENOVACION temperature 2: Actual air quality probe
3: pLAN air quality probe
CU11 HAB_LIM_CO2 Activate air quality control 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 84
CU11 TIPO_CO2 CO2 control type 1: ppm --- 0: % ; 1: ppm Digital
HAB_MB_ENERGY_
CU12 Enabling power meter 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 190
METER
CU12 TIPO_RELOJ Clock card 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes; 2: pLAN Integer R/W 57
0: R22
1: R134A
CU12 TIPO_REFRIGERANTE Type of refrigerant 4: R410A --- 2: R404A Integer R/W 43
3: R407C
4: R410A
HAB_MB_GAS_
CU12 Enabling gas leakage detector 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 80
LEAKEAGE_DETECTOR
0: Pannel
CU12a SEL_FRIO_CALOR Selection of winter/summer mode 2: Auto --- 1: Remote (digital input) Integer R/W 59
2: Auto
HAB_PROT_BAJA_ Enabling the protection of outdoor temperature low by

CU12a 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
TEMP_EXTERIOR digital outputs of expansion module
HAB_MB_
CU12a Enabling of the TCO thermostat by MODBUS 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 88
TERMOSTATO_TCO
0: TCO
Selection of the control probe with TCO thermostat
CU13 CONTROL_TCO_SONDA 1: Ambient T --- 1: Ambient temperature Integer R/W 217
(0=TCO, 1=ambient, 2=return)
2: Return temperature
CU13 ThTune_bloqueado Keypad lock of the TCO thermostat 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 230
Clock_Source_THTune_
CU13 Selection of clock source for TCO thermostat or uPC 1: uPC 0: TCO; 1: uPC Digital
or_uPC
CU13 uPC_ThTune_Scheduler Selection of scheduler for uPC or TCO thermostat 0: uPC 0: uPC; 1: TCO Digital
CU14 HAB_SUPERVISION Supervisor 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R 50
HAB_RENOVACION_
CU14 Enabling the air renewal 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 56
AIRE
CU14 HAB_FREECOOL_VER Summer free-cooling 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 52
CU14 HAB_FREECOOL_INV Winter free-cooling 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 62
CU14 HAB_FREEDESH_VER Summer free-dehumidification 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 53
CU14 HAB_FREEDESH_INV Winter free-dehumidification 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 55
1: Temperature
CU14a TIPO_FREE_COOLING Winter/ summer free-cooling control 1: Temperature --- Integer R/W 118
2: Termoenthalpic
1: Abs. hum. +
CU14b TIPO_FREE_COOLING Winter/ summer free-dehumidification cooling control --- 1: Abs. hum. + Enthalpic Integer R/W 54
Enthalpic
SET_OFF_COMPUERTA_ Setpoint to close the outdoor air damper with low outdoor
CU14c -10,0 °C -20,0 10,0 Analog R/W 111
POR_BAJA_TEXT temperature
Display Parameter Description of the parameter Value Unit Max. Min. Type R/W Addr.
MANUFACTURER: COMPRESSORS SETTINGS
CIATpool
CC01 TIME_MIN_OFF_COMP Minimum compressor stop time 180 s 0 9999 Integer R/W 27
CC01 TIME_MIN_ON_COMP Minimum compressor operating time 120 s 0 9999 Integer R/W 33
CC02 TIME_MIN_ON_ON_COMP Time between start-ups of the same compressor 300 s 0 9999 Integer R/W 31
TIME_MIN_ON_ON_COMP_
CC02 Time between start-ups of different compressors 60 s 0 9999 Integer R/W 32
DIST
CC03 TIME_RET_AL_BP Low pressure alarm delay 15 s 0 9999 Integer R/W 19
CC03 HAB_ROT_COMP Compressors rotation enabling 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 64
0: grouped
CC03 EQUALIZED_CIRC_POWER Type of rotation of the compressors 1 --- Digital
1: equalized
CC04b TIME_CAMBIO_V4V 4 ways valve: time before change and after compressor stop 30 s 0 9999 Integer
HAB_OFF_COMP_
CC04c Compressors stop in change summer / winter 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 91
CAMBIO_F_C
TIME_OFF_COMP_
CC04c Compressors stop time in change summer / winter 60 s 0 9999 Integer
CAMBIO_F_C
SET_TEMP_MEZCLA_COMP_ Value of mixed temperature for stopping the compressors of the
CU05 20,0 °C 10,0 30,0 Analog R/W 91
AIRE air circuits
SET_TEMP_MEZCLA_COMP_ Value of mixed temperature for stopping the compressor of the
CU05 15,0 °C 10,0 30,0 Analog R/W 74
AGUA water circuit
SET_TEMP_MEZCLA_COMP_ Value of mixed temperature for stopping the compressor of the
CU05 10,0 °C 10,0 30,0 Analog R/W 38
REC recovery circuit
MANUFACTURER: CONTROL SETTINGS
CR01 CONTROL_P_PI_TEMP Temperature control type 1: P+I --- 0: P ; 1: P+I Digital R/W 63
CR01 TIME_INTEGRACION_TEMP Integral time in P+I control 120 s 0 999 Integer R/W 42
CR01a CONTROL_P_PI_IMP Temperature control type of discharge 1: P+I --- 0: P ; 1: P+I Digital R/W 77
CR01a TIME_INTEGRACION_IMP Integral time in P+I control for discharge 120 s 0 999 Integer R/W 184
CR01b CONTROL_P_PI_HUM Humidity control type 1: P+I --- 0: P ; 1: P+I Digital R/W 75
CR01b TIME_INTEGRACION_HUM Integral time in P+I control of humidity 120 s 0 999 Integer R/W 40
CR01c CONTROL_P_PI_PWA Temperature control type 0: P --- 0: P ; 1: P+I Digital R/W 57
CR01c TIME_INTEGRACION_PWA Integral time in P+I control of PWA 120 s 0 999 Integer R/W 35
CR01d BANDA_VALV_PWA Differential for the PWA valve 6,0 °C 1,0 9,9 Analog R/W 68
SET_LIM_TEMP_IMP_AGUA_
CR01d Setpoint to limit the water discharge temperature of the PWA 45,0 °C 20,0 60,0 Analog R/W 70
PWA
CR01d RATIO_PWA_REGIMEN Diferential ratio of the PWA valve to reach the operating temperature 2,0 °C 2,0 9,9 Analog R/W 69
CR03 HAB_OFF_VINT_FRIO Indoor fan stop at summer compressor stop 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 94
CR03 HAB_OFF_VINT_CALOR Indoor fan stop at winter compressor stop 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 95
Indoor fan stop when compressor stops if there is not demand for
CR03 HAB_OFF_VINT_POR_CO2 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 204
air exchange of CO2 sensor
TIME_VINT_ON_
CR03a Antistratification: start time 0 min 0 999 Integer R/W 186
ANTIESTRATIF
TIME_VINT_OFF_
CR03a Antistratification: stop time 0 min 0 999 Integer R/W 187
ANTIESTRATIF
CR04 TIME_RET_OFF_VINT_FRIO Summer internal fan stop delay 60 s 0 999 Integer R/W 23
TIME_RET_OFF_VINT_
CR04 Winter internal fan stop delay 60 s 0 999 Integer R/W 24
CALOR
TIME_RET_ON_COMP_ON_
CR05 Compressors start delay on the indoor fan 30 s 0 999 Integer R/W 25
VINT
CR05a TIME_RET_ON_VINT Indoor fan start delay with unit "ON" 30 s 0 999 Integer RW 64
CR05a TIME_RET_ON_VINT_CALOR Indoor fan start delay with heating mode 0 s 0 999 Integer
TIME_RET_ON_COMP_ON_
CR05b Compressors start delay on the pump 30 s 0 120 Integer
BOMBA
TIME_RET_OFF_BOMBA_
CR05b Delay with the compressor for stopping the pump of the exchanger 30 s 0 999 Integer RW 2
COMPRESOR
CR09 NEW_PASS_COS New MANUFACTURER password ***** --- 0 9999 Integer R/W 30
CIATpool
MANUFACTURER: SAFETY SETTINGS
CS01 SET_AL_INCENDIO Fire alarm setpoint (with probe of return) 60,0 °C 40 80 Analog R/W 116
CS01 DIF_AL_INCENDIO Fire alarm differential (with probe of return) 20,0 °C 10 50 Analog R/W 117
CS01 COMP_OFF_ALL_INCENDIO Damper status during the fire alarm 0:open --- 0: open ; 1: closed Digital R/W 170
SET_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_INT_
CS02 Initial value of the anti-freeze alarm 4,0 °C -20,0 10,0 Analog R/W 48
COMP
DIF_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_INT_
CS02 Differential value of the anti-freeze alarm 3,0 °C 0,0 10,0 Analog R/W 49
COMP
CS02a SET_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_PWA Initial value of the anti-freeze alarm of PWA 4,0 °C -20,0 10,0 Analog R/W 102
CS02a DIF_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_PWA Differential value of the anti-freeze alarm of PWA 3,0 °C 0,0 10,0 Analog R/W 103
OFFSET_AL_IMPULSION_
CS03 Offset for activation of the high outlet T safety device in winter 10,0 °C 0,0 20,0 Analog R/W 118
ALTA
CS03 DIF_AL_IMPULSION_ALTA Differential for deactivation of the high outlet T alarm 2,0 °C 1,0 10,0 Analog R/W 119
CS04 SET_ALTA_TEMP_AMB Set high ambient temperature 50,0 °C 0,0 60,0 Analog R/W 41
CS04 SET_BAJA_TEMP_AMB Set low ambient temperature 10,0 °C 0,0 60,0 Analog R/W 42
CS05 SET_ALTA_HUM_AMB Set high ambient humidity 90,0 %rH 0,0 99,0 Analog R/W 43
CS05 SET_BAJA_HUM_AMB Set low ambient humidity 30,0 %rH 0,0 99,0 Analog R/W 44
CS06 TIME_RET_AL_TEMP_HUM High/low ambient T+H alarm delay 30 min 0 999 Integer R/W 18
CS07 TIME_AL_VIRT pLAN and/or RH probe disconnection alarm delay 30 s 0 9999 Integer R 65
0 sec
TIME_RET_AL_TERM_VENT_
CS08 Time delay for alarm for indoor fan thermal 30s (air s 0 999 Integer R/W 26
INT
flow switch)
GAS_LEAKAGE
CS09 Alarm limit in ppm for gas leakage detector 200 ppm 0 32767 Integer R/W 8
ALARM_SETP_PPM
GAS_LEAKAGE
CS09 Alarm gas leakage delay 1 min 0 59 Analog
AL_GAS_LEAKAGE_DELAY
GAS _LEAKAGE
CS10 Buzzer delay during gas leakage detection 5 min 0 59 Analog
BUZZER_DELAY
GAS_LEAKAGE
CS10 Alarm delay gas leakage detector disconnected 30 s 0 300 Analog
DEL_AL_OFFLINE
SET_RES_CALEFACTORA_
CS11 Activation setpoint of electrical heating in hot water coil pipe 4.0 °C -10,0 10,0 Analog
TUBERIA_BAC
SET_RES_CARTER_DOBLE_ Activation setpoint of dual compressor crankcase and the
CS11 -8,0 °C -20,0 0,0 Analog
COMPRESOR first stage of electrical heating in electrical box
SET_RES_CALEFACTORA_
CS11 Activation setpoint of electrical heating in outdoor dampers -12,0 °C -20,0 0,0 Analog
COMPUERTA
SET_RES_CALEFACTORA_ Activation setpoint of the second stage of electrical heating
CS11 -16,0 °C -20,0 0,0 Analog
CUADRO_2 in electrical box
MANUFACTURER: ALARM SETTINGS
CA01 TIME_RS_SIR Alarm management: audio alarm reset 2 s 0 9999 Integer
CA01 RL_AL Alarm relay 0: Normal --- 0: Normal; 1: buzzer Digital
CA01 SEL_ALARMA_POR_MASK Relay activation with selected active alarm in display 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 180
CA02 HAB_TER For remote ouptut, selection of thermal prot. alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA02 HAB_HP For remote ouptut, selection of high pressure alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA02 HAB_LP For remote ouptut, selection of low pressure alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA02 HAB_HT For remote ouptut, selection of high temperature alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA02 HAB_LT For remote output, selection of low temperature alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA02 HAB_CON For remote output, selection of counter alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA02 HAB_SD For remote output, selection of alarm by disconnected probes 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA03 HAB_HIE For remote output, selection of antifrost alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA03 HAB_INT For remote output, selection of interlock alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA03 HAB_FIL For remote output, selection of fouled filter alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA03 HAB_EPR For remote output, selection of EPROM failure alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA03 HAB_KLD For remote output, selection of compressor discharge alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
MANUFACTURER: ALARM SETTINGS (...continued)
CIATpool
CA03 HAB_REL For remote output, selection of clock alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA03 HAB_SP For remote output, selection of W/S setpoint alarm 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA04 HAB_BQ_AL_AP Enable high pressure alarm blocking 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA04 NUM_VECES_BQ_AL_AP Number of times to block the unit due to high pressure alarm 4 --- 0 20 Integer
Time in minutes to count the number of times an alarm occurs for
CA04 TIME_BQ_AL_AP 30 min 0 1440 Integer
blocking due to high pressure
CA05 HAB_BQ_AL_BP Enable low pressure alarm blocking 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA05 NUM_VECES_BQ_AL_BP Number of times to block the unit due to low pressure alarm 4 --- 0 20 Integer
CA05 TIME_BQ_AL_BP 30 min 0 1440 Integer
blocking due to low pressure
CA06 HAB_BQ_AL_TERM Enable thermal alarm blocking 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CA06 NUM_VECES_BQ_AL_TERM Number of times to block the unit due to thermal alarm 4 --- 0 20 Integer
CA06 TIME_BQ_AL_TERM 30 min 0 1440 Integer
blocking due to thermal
CA07 HAB_BQ_AL_TERM_RES Enable electrical heating thermal Alarm Blocking 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
NUM_VECES_BQ_AL_
CA07 Number of times to block the unit due to electrical heating thermal alarm 4 --- 0 20 Integer
TERM_RES
Time in minutes to count the number of times an alarm occurs for blocking
CA07 TIME_BQ_AL_TERM_RES 30 min 0 1440 Integer
due to electrical heating thermal
MANUFACTURER: UNIT INITIALISATION
0: 0: CIAT ;
IU02 logo_bool Logo on the first display: CIATESA or CIAT --- Digital
CIAT 1: CIATESA
IU03 Msk_Default_Init Manual activation by loading the default values 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Integer
IU04 VIRT_VAL_ENSAYO Manual activation by loading the default test values 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
IU04 VIRT_VAL_NORMAL Manual activation by loading the normal values 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
IU05 RESET_EVENTS Reset the alarms log 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
IU06 NEW_PASS_UT New USER password ***** --- 0 9999 Integer R/W 28
IU06 NEW_PASS_ASS New MAINTENANCE password ***** --- 0 9999 Integer R/W 29
IU06 NEW_PASS_COS New MANUFACTURER password ***** --- 0 9999 Integer R/W 30
MAINTENANCE displays
MAINTENANCE: COUNTERS
A01 SET_HOR_ON_EQUIPO Unit time set for alarm 20000 h 0 32000 Integer R/W 37
A01 RESET_ON_HORAS_MAQUINA Reset the counter for number of hours of unit operation 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 107
A01b RESET_TIME_COMPRESOR Reset the timings of compressors for maintenance 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 182
A02 SET_HOR_COMP1 Compressor 1 / circuit 1 time set for alarm 10000 h 0 32000 Integer R/W 38
A02 RESET_ON_HORAS_COMP1 Reset the counter for number of hours of compressor 1 / circuit 1 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 105
A03 SET_HOR_COMP2 Compressor 1 / circuit 2 time set for alarm 10000 h 0 32000 Integer R/W 39
A03 RESET_ON_HORAS_COMP2 Reset the counter for number of hours of compressor 1 / circuit 2 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 106
A03a SET_HOR_COMP_AGUA Compressor 1 / water circuit time set for alarm 10000 h 0 32000 Integer R/W 67
RESET_ON_HORAS_COMP_
A03a Reset the counter for number of hours of compressor 1 / water circuit 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 124
AGUA
A03b SET_HOR_CR Recovery compressor time set for alarm 10000 h 0 32000 Integer R/W 13
A03b RESET_ON_HORAS_CR Reset the counter for number of hours of recovery compr. operation 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital R/W 133
GAS_LEAKAGE
A12i Reset sensor timer of gas leakage detector 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
RESET_HOURS_COUNTER
A13 RESET_ON_CONT Reset the counter of starts of motors and heaters 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
A13 RESET_ON_CONT_AL Reset the counter of alarms 0: No --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CIATpool
Pantallas de MANTENIMIENTO
MAINTENANCE: INPUTS / OUTPUTS

1: constant flow control
A00 Control_mode_SET1_Fan1 Type of flow control of indoor plug-fan 1 --- Integer
2: PWM control (0..100%)
SET_CAUDAL_VINT_ Setpoint of flow in VENTILATION mode with x10 CAUDAL_VINT_ CAUDAL_VINT_
A00 1200 Integer R/W 197
VENTILACION indoor plug-fan m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX
Setpoint of flow in COOLING mode with indoor x10 CAUDAL_VINT_ CAUDAL_VINT_
A00 SET_CAUDAL_VINT_FRIO 1200 Integer R/W 200
plug-fan m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX
Setpoint of flow in HEATING mode with indoor x10 CAUDAL_VINT_ CAUDAL_VINT_
A00 SET_CAUDAL_VINT_CALOR 1200 Integer R/W 201
plug-fan m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX
Speed_Input_perc_ Percentage of speed modulation in VENTILATION Integer/
A00 50 % 0 100 R/W 159
VENTILACION_Fan1 mode with indoor plug-fan Analog
Speed_Input_perc_FRIO_ Percentage of speed modulation in COOLING Integer/
A00 50 % 0 100 R/W 160
Fan1 mode with indoor plug-fan Analog
Speed_Input_perc_CALOR_ Percentage of speed modulation in HEATING Integer/
A00 50 % 0 100 R/W 161
Fan1 mode with indoor plug-fan Analog
Setpoint of flow selected with indoor plug-
x10
A00a SET_CAUDAL_VINT fan (it can be the COOLING, HEATING or 1200 0 9999 Integer
m3/h
VENTILATION setpoint)
Percentage of speed modulation selected
A00a Speed_Input_perc_Fan1 with indoor plug-fan (it can be the COOLING, 50 % 0 100 Integer
HEATING or VENTILATION setpoint)
CAUDAL_VINT_MEDIDO_ x10
A00a Current flow with indoor plug-fan 0 9999 Integer R 198
AJUSTE m3/h
Current percentage of speed modulation with
A00a CurrModLev_msk_Fan1 % 0 9999 Integer
indoor plug-fan
A00a actual_speed_msk_Fan1 Current speed with indoor plug-fan 0 rpm 0 9999 Integer R 199
A00f Maximal_Speed_Fan1 Maximum speed allowed with indoor plug-fan 0 rpm 0 9999 Integer
A00f Ramp_up_TIME_Fan1 Ramp-up time with indoor plug-fan 5 s 0 625 Integer
A00f Ramp_dwn_TIME_Fan1 Ramp down time with indoor plug-fan 5 s 0 625 Integer
Voltage minimum value of the air pressure
A00e VALUE_Al_sensor_pda_Fan1 0.1 V 0.0 10.0 Integer
differential sensor to signal its alarm.
TIME_RET_Al_sensor_pda_ Delay time to start the fan for alarm signaling of
A00e 30 s 10 120 Integer
Fan1 the air pressure differential sensor
Minimum limit of the air pressure differential
A00g AIN2_Min_Value_Ebm_Fan1 0 Pa 0 5000 Integer
sensor with indoor plug-fan
Maximum limit of the air pressure differential
A00g AIN2_Max_Value_Ebm_Fan1 1000 Pa 0 5000 Integer
sensor with indoor plug-fan
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1. 1: constant flow control
A20 Control type of frequency inverter of indoor motor 1 --- Integer
Type_Switch 2: PWM control (0..100%)
Integer/
A20 Pda_VENT_INT_min Point differential pressure minimum of indoor fan 125 Pa 0 9999 R/W 155
Analog
Integer/
A20 Rpm_VENT_INT_min Point rpm minimum of indoor fan 592 rpm 0 9999 R/W 156
Analog
Integer/
A20 Pda_VENT_INT_max Point differential pressure maximum of indoor fan 600 Pa 0 9999 R/W 157
Analog
Integer/
A20 Rpm_VENT_INT_max Point rpm maximun of indoor fan 962 rpm 0 9999 R/W 158
Analog
A20 50 % 0 100 R/W 159
VENTILACION_Fan1 mode with indoor fan Analog
Speed_Input_perc_FRIO_ Percentage of speed modulation in COOLING Integer/
A20 50 % 0 100 R/W 160
Fan1 mode with indoor fan Analog
Speed_Input_perc_CALOR_ Percentage of speed modulation in HEATING Integer/
A20 50 % 0 100 R/W 161
Fan1 mode with indoor fan Analog
A20a Speed_Input_perc_Fan1 Percentage of speed modulation with indoor fan 50 % 0 100 Integer
A20a Speed_Hz_VFD_INT Frequency read on the indoor motor --- Hz 0 99.9 Analog R 162
Integer/
A20a Analog_IN1_Ebm_Fan1 Pressure differential read on the indoor fan --- Pa 0 32767 R 163
Analog
Integer/
A20a Speed_rpm_VFD_INT Speed read on the indoor motor --- rpm 0 9999 R 164
Analog
MAINTENANCE: INPUTS / OUTPUTS (...continued)
CIATpool
Rpm_VENT_INT_ Integer/
A20a Speed calculated on the indoor fan --- rpm 0 32767 R 165
calculado Analog
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1. Minimum value of the analog input A1 of indoor
A20f 0 % 0 1000.0 Analog R 166
Min_Setting_A1 motor VFD
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1. Maximum value of the analog input A1 of indoor
A20f 1000.0 % 0 1000.0 Analog R 167
Max_Setting_A1 motor VFD
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
A20f Minimum frequency value of indoor motor VFD 25.0 Hz 0 320.0 Analog R 168
Min_Frequency
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
A20f Maximum frequency value of indoor motor VFD 50.0 Hz 0 320.0 Analog R 169
Max_Frequency
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
A20f Ramp-up time with frequency inverter of indoor motor 5 s 0 3000 Analog
Acceler_Time
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1. Ramp down time with frequency inverter of indoor
A20f 5 s 0 3000 Analog
Deceler_Time motor
VALUE_Al_sensor_pda_ Voltage minimum value of the air pressure differential
A20e 0.1 V 0.0 10.0 Integer
Fan1 sensor to signal its alarm.
TIME_RET_Al_sensor_ Delay time to start the fan for alarm signaling of the
pda_Fan1 air pressure differential sensor
AIN2_Min_Value_Ebm_ Minimum limit of the air pressure differential sensor
A20g 0 Pa 0 5000 Integer
Fan1 with indoor fan
AIN2_Max_Value_Ebm_ Maximum limit of the air pressure differential sensor
Fan1 with indoor fan
Control_mode_SET1_ 1: Control caudal cte.
A001 Type of flow control of return plug-fan 1 --- Integer
Fan2 2: Control PWM (0..100%)
SET_CAUDAL_VRET_ Setpoint of flow in VENTILATION mode with return x10 CAUDAL_VRET_ CAUDAL_VRET_
VENTILACION plug-fan m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX
SET_CAUDAL_VRET_ Setpoint of flow in COOLING mode with return x10 CAUDAL_VRET_ CAUDAL_VRET_
FRIO plug-fan m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX
SET_CAUDAL_VRET_ x10 CAUDAL_VRET_ CAUDAL_VRET_
A001 Setpoint of flow in HEATING mode with return plug-fan 1200 Integer R/W 207
CALOR m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX
A001 50 % 0 100 R/W 174
VENTILACION_Fan2 mode with return plug-fan Analog
Speed_Input_perc_ Percentage of speed modulation in COOLING mode Integer/
A001 50 % 0 100 R/W 175
FRIO_Fan2 with return plug-fan Analog
Speed_Input_perc_ Percentage of speed modulation in HEATING mode Integer/
A001 50 % 0 100 R/W 176
CALOR_Fan2 with return plug-fan Analog
Setpoint of flow selected with return plug-fan (it can be x10
A001a SET_CAUDAL_VRET 1200 0 9999 Integer
the COOLING, HEATING or VENTILATION setpoint) m3/h
Percentage of speed modulation selected with return
A001a Speed_Input_perc_Fan2 plug-fan (it can be the COOLING, HEATING or 50 % 0 100 Integer
VENTILATION setpoint)
CAUDAL_VRET_ x10
A001a Current flow with return plug-fan 0 9999 Integer R 204
MEDIDO_AJUSTE m3/h
Current percentage of speed modulation with return
A001a CurrModLev_msk_Fan2 % 0 9999 Integer
plug-fan
A001a actual_speed_msk_Fan2 Current speed with return plug-fan 0 rpm 0 9999 Integer R 205
A001f Maximal_Speed_Fan2 Maximum speed allowed with return plug-fan 0 rpm 0 9999 Integer
A001f Ramp_up_TIME_Fan2 Ramp-up time with return plug-fan 5 s 0 625 Integer
A001f Ramp_dwn_TIME_Fan2 Ramp down time with return plug-fan 5 s 0 625 Integer
VALUE_Al_sensor_pda_ Voltage minimum value of the air pressure differential
A001e 0.1 V 0.0 10.0 Integer
Fan2 sensor to signal its alarm.
TIME_RET_Al_sensor_ Delay time to start the fan for alarm signaling of the
pda_Fan2 air pressure differential sensor
AIN2_Min_Value_Ebm_ Minimum limit of the air pressure differential sensor
Fan2 with return plug-fan
AIN2_Max_Value_Ebm_ Maximum limit of the air pressure differential sensor
A001g 1000 Pa 0 5000 Integer
Fan2 with return plug-fan
1: Control caudal cte.
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
A201 Control type of frequency inverter of return motor 1 --- 2: Control panel Integer
Type_Switch
3: Control PWM (0..100%)
Integer/
A201 Pda_VENT_RET_min Point differential pressure minimum of return fan 125 Pa 0 9999 R/W 170
Analog
CIATpool
MAINTENANCE: INPUTS / OUTPUTS (...continued)

Integer/
A201 Rpm_VENT_RET_min Point rpm minimum of return fan 592 rpm 0 9999 R/W 171
Analog
Integer/
A201 Pda_VENT_RET_max Point differential pressure maximum of return fan 600 Pa 0 9999 R/W 172
Analog
Integer/
A201 Rpm_VENT_RET_max Point rpm maximun of return fan 962 rpm 0 9999 R/W 173
Analog
Speed_Input_perc_ Percentage of speed modulation in VENTILATION mode Integer/
A201 50 % 0 100 R/W 174
VENTILACION_Fan2 with return fan Analog
Speed_Input_perc_FRIO_ Percentage of speed modulation in COOLING mode with Integer/
A201 50 % 0 100 R/W 175
Fan2 return fan Analog
Speed_Input_perc_ Percentage of speed modulation in HEATING mode with Integer/
A201 50 % 0 100 R/W 176
CALOR_Fan2 return fan Analog
A201a Speed_Input_perc_Fan2 Percentage of speed modulation with return fan 50 % 0 100 Integer
A201a Speed_Hz_VFD_RET Frequency read on the return motor --- Hz 0 99.9 Analog R 177
Integer/
A201a Analog_IN1_Ebm_Fan2 Pressure differential read on the return fan --- Pa 0 32767 R 178
Analog
Integer/
A201a Speed_rpm_VFD_RET Speed read on the return motor --- rpm 0 9999 R 179
Analog
Integer/
A201a Rpm_VENT_RET_calculado Speed calculated on the return fan --- rpm 0 32767 R 180
Analog
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
A201f Minimum value of the analog input A1 of return motor VFD 0 % 0 1000.0 Analog R 181
Min_Setting_A1
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
A201f Maximum value of the analog input A1 of return motor VFD 1000.0 % 0 1000.0 Analog R 182
Max_Setting_A1
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
A201f Minimum frequency value of return motor VFD 25.0 Hz 0 320.0 Analog R 183
Min_Frequency
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
A201f Maximum frequency value of return motor VFD 50.0 Hz 0 320.0 Analog R 184
Max_Frequency
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
A201f Ramp-up time with frequency inverter of return motor 5 s 0 3000 Analog
Acceler_Time
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
A201f Ramp down time with frequency inverter of return motor 5 s 0 3000 Analog
Deceler_Time
VALUE_Al_sensor_pda_ Voltage minimum value of the air pressure differential sensor
A201e 0.1 V 0.0 10.0 Integer
Fan2 to signal its alarm.
TIME_RET_Al_sensor_ Delay time to start the fan for alarm signaling of the air
pda_Fan2 pressure differential sensor
AIN2_Min_Value_Ebm_ Minimum limit of the air pressure differential sensor with
Fan2 return fan
AIN2_Max_Value_Ebm_ Maximum limit of the air pressure differential sensor with
A201g 1000 Pa 0 5000 Integer
Fan2 return fan
HAB_RED_CAUDAL_
A002b Enable flow reduction to fan start with textile duct 1: Yes --- 0: No ; 1: Yes Digital
CONDUCTO_TEXTIL
PORC_CAUDAL_
A002b Percentage of flow to fan start with textile duct 35.0 % 20.0 75.0 Analog
CONDUCTO_TEXTIL
TIME_RED_CAUDAL_
A002b Reduced flow timing to fan start with textile duct 20 s 0 999 Integer
CONDUCTO_TEXTIL
CAUDAL_IMPULSION_ x10
A002 Discharge flow (measured value or value set by parameter) 0 0 9999 Integer
MSK m3/h
x10
A002 CAUDAL_RETORNO_MSK Return flow (measured value or value set by parameter) 0 0 9999 Integer
m3/h
only
A002 Sobrepresion Calculation of overpressure % 0 99,9 Analog R 151
viewable
A002 Cte_Ajuste_Sobrepresion Constant adjustment of the calculation of overpressure 1 % 0 10 Analog R/W 152
only
A002 AOUT_COMPUERTA Output outdoor air damper % 0 999,9 Analog R 10
viewable
AOUT_COMPUERTA_ only
A002 Output extraction air damper % 0 999,9 Analog R 153
EXTRACCION viewable
CAUDAL_IMPULSION_ only x10
A002a Discharge flow (measured value or value set by parameter) 0 9999 Integer
MSK viewable m3/h
only x10
A002a CAUDAL_RETORNO_MSK Return flow (measured value or value set by parameter) 0 9999 Integer
viewable m3/h
only
A002a RENOVACION_CAL % air refreshing with mixing probe % 0 0 Integer R 124
viewable
MANTENIMIENTO: ENTRADAS / SALIDAS (...continuación)
CIATpool
only x10
A002a CAUDAL_RENOVACION_MSK Renovation air flow 0 9999 Analog R 201
viewable m3/h
only x10
A002a CAUDAL_EXTRACCION_MSK Exhaust air flow 0 9999 Integer
viewable m3/h
A04 TAR_HUM_AMB Ambient air humidity set 0,0 %rH -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 54
A04 TAR_TEMP_AMB Ambient air temperature set 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 108
A04a TAR_HUM_EXT Outdoor air humidity set 0,0 %rH -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 55
A04a TAR_TEMP_EXT Outdoor air temperature set 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 46
A04b TAR_TEMP_TCO Air temperature set of TCO thermostat 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog
A05 TAR_TEMP_RET Return air temperature set 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 45
A05 TAR_TEMP_MEZCLA Mixing air temperature set 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 50
A05 TAR_TEMP_IMP Discharge air temperature set 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 47
A05a TAR_CO2 Air quality probe set 0,0 °C -999 999 Integer R/W 61
A05b TAR_TEMP_ENTRADA_BAC Adjust of water inlet temperature of the hot water coil 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 109
A05b TAR_TEMP_SALIDA_BAC Adjust of water outlet temperature of the hot water coil 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 110
Adjust of water inlet temperature of the compressor
A05c TAR_TEMP_RET_PISCINA 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 105
exchanger or PWA
TAR_TEMP_IMP_AGUA_INT_ Adjust of water outlet temperature of the compressor
A05c 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 106
COMPRESOR exchanger
A05c TAR_TEMP_IMP_AGUA_PWA Adjust of water outlet temperature of the PWA 0,0 °C -9,9 9,9 Analog R/W 107
MOD_MB_SERIAL_PROBE_ Min_Diff_ Max_Diff_
A06d Adjust ambiante air temperature with serial probe No.1 0,0 °C Analog
CIAT2_1.Offset_Temp Temp_AAA Temp_AAA
MOD_MB_SERIAL_PROBE_
A06d Adjust ambiante air humidity with serial probe No.1 0,0 %rH -10 10 Analog
CIAT2_1.Offset_Humi
MOD_MB_SERIAL_PROBE_ Min_Diff_ Max_Diff_
A06e Adjust ambiante air temperature with serial probe No.2 0,0 °C Analog
CIAT2_2.Offset_Temp Temp_AAA Temp_AAA
MOD_MB_SERIAL_PROBE_
A06e Adjust ambiante air humidity with serial probe No.2 0,0 %rH -10 10 Analog
CIAT2_2.Offset_Humi
A07c IS_CO2 Lower threshold of air quality probe 0 ppm -32767 32767 Integer
A07c FS_CO2 Upper threshold of air quality probe 2000 ppm -32767 32767 Integer
A07d LIM_MAX_HUM Maximum limit of the humidity probe 90 %rH 0 100 Analog R/W 71
A07d LIM_MIN_HUM Minimum limit of the humidity probe 10 %rH 0 100 Analog R/W 72
A07d LIM_MAX_HUM_ALARMA Maximum limit indicated by the humidity probe alarm 100 %rH 0 110 Analog R/W 147
A07d LIM_MIN_HUM_ALARMA Minimum limit indicated by the humidity probe alarm 0 %rH 0 110 Analog R/W 146
A07h HAB_FILTRO1 Enabling of probe software filter 0: NO --- 0:No ; 1:Yes Digital R/W 98
A07h TIME_FILTRO1 Filter time 30 s 0 99 Integer
A07h GRADI_FILTRO1 Filter differential 10,0 ºC 0 99,9 Analog
A07i HAB_FILTRO_CAL_IMP Enabling of filter 1: SI --- 0:No ; 1:Yes Digital R/W 168
A07i TIME_FILTRO_CAL_IMP Filter time 60 s 0 99 Integer
A07i GRADI_FILTRO_CAL_IMP Filter differential 1,0 ºC 0 99,9 Analog

only
A11 SET_RENOVACION_CAL % Outdoor air for refreshing % 0 0 Integer R 126
viewable
only
A11 RENOVACION_CAL % air refreshing with mixing probe % 0 0 Integer R 124
viewable
only
A11 CAL_APER_RENOV_2 % real opening of outdoor damper % 0 0 Integer R 125
viewable
A11 TIME_CAL Calculation time 60 s 0 99 Integer R/W 194
A11 V_CAL Calculation constant 3 % 0 99 Integer R/W 195

DIF_TEMP_RENOVACION_ Difference between mixing and return temp. and between
A11 3,0 °C 0 9,9 Analog R/W 145
CAL mixing and outdoor temp. for refreshing calculation
A12 NEW_PASS_ASS New MAINTENANCE password ***** --- 0 9999 Integer R/W 29
CIATpool
14. CAREL AND MODBUS SUPERVISORY VARIABLES
14.1. Equivalence between the Carel and Modbus protocols
Carel Modbus TCP/IP Modbus
Variable Maximum No. Type of Maximum No. Conversion Maximum No. Conversion
type addresses variable addresses addresses
Digital 1 ... 207 Digital 1 ... 207 Modbus record = Carel address 1 ... 207 TCP/IP address = Carel address
Analogue 1 ... 207 Word record 1 ... 207 Modbus record = Carel address 1 ... 207 TCP/IP address = Carel address
Integer 1 ... 207 Word record 208 ... 415 Modbus record = Carel address +128 5001 ... 5207 TCP/IP address = Carel address +5000
Note: Carel peripherals do not allow the 0 address.
14.2. Digital variables

Carel Modbus Modbus Read / Variable Parameter Min. Max. Description
Address record extended Write type value value
1 1 1 R IN_DIG02_AP1 Digital input 0 1 HP pressure switch of circuit 1
2 2 2 R IN_DIG09_AP2 Digital input 0 1 HP pressure switch of circuit 2
3 3 3 R IN_DIG11_BP1 Digital input 0 1 LP pressure switch of circuit 1
4 4 4 R IN_DIG15_BP2 Digital input 0 1 LP pressure switch of circuit 2
5 5 5 R IN_DIG03_TC1 Digital input 0 1 Thermal of compressor 1 of circuit 1
6 6 6 R IN_DIG10_TC2 Digital input 0 1 Thermal of compressor 1 of circuit 2
7 7 7 R IN_DIG04_AP_AGUA Digital input 0 1 HP pressure switch of water circuit
8 8 8 R IN_DIG07_ON_OFF Digital input 0 1 Remote ON/OFF selection
9 9 9 R IN_DIG05_TC_AGUA Digital input 0 1 Thermal of compressor of water circuit
10 10 10 R IN_DIG13_AH_BAC Digital input 0 1 Anti-freeze thermostat signal
11 11 11 R IN_DIG06_FS Digital input 0 1 Clogged filter pressure switch signal
12 12 12 R IN_DIG01_RTVI Digital input 0 1 Indoor fan overload/general interlock signal (RTVi)
13 13 13 R MODO_CALOR Status 0 1 HEATING (winter) operating mode
14 14 14 R MODO_FRIO Status 0 1 COOLING (summer) operating mode
15 15 15 R VENTILADOR_INT Digital output 0 1 Indoor fan
16 16 16 R COMPRESOR_1 Digital output 0 1 Switch of compressor 1 of circuit 1
17 17 17 R COMPRESOR_2 Digital output 0 1 Switch of compressor 1 of circuit 2
18 18 18 R OUT_VIC_REC Digital output 0 1 Cycle reversing valve recovery circuit
20 20 20 R RES_ELECTRICA_1_O_VALV Digital output 0 1 Switch of the 1st heater
21 21 21 R RES_ELECTRICA_2 Digital output 0 1 Switch of the 2nd heater
22 22 22 R BOMBA_COMP_AGUA Digital output 0 1 Water circuit pump
23 23 23 R BOMBA_BAC Digital output 0 1 H.W.C. pump
25 25 25 R/W OEM RESET_ALARMS Alarm 0 1 Alarm reset
26 26 26 R GLOBAL_ALARM Alarm 0 1 General alarm
27 27 27 R mAL_TERM_COMP_1 Alarm 0 1 Alarm for thermal compressor 1 circuit 1
28 28 28 R mAL_TERM_COMP_2 Alarm 0 1 Alarm for thermal compressor 1 of circuit 2
29 29 29 R mAL_AP1 Alarm 0 1 Alarm due to high pressure of circuit 1
30 30 30 R mAL_AP2 Alarm 0 1 Alarm due to high pressure of circuit 2
31 31 31 R mAL_ANTIHIELO_BAC Alarm 0 1 Anti-freeze alarm
32 32 32 R mPERM_MEM_ERROR Alarm 0 1 Damaged EPROM
33 33 33 R mAL_RELOJ Alarm 0 1 Timer broken or disconnected
34 34 34 R mAL_ALT_TEMP_REG Alarm 0 1 Overly high return air temperature
35 35 35 R mAL_BAJ_TEMP_REG Alarm 0 1 Overly low return air temperature
36 36 36 R mAL_SET_HOR_COMP1 Alarm 0 1 Maintenance of compressor 1 of circuit 1
Digital variables (...continued)

Addr. record extended Write type value value
CIATpool
Maintenance of compressor 1 of circuit 2 (units 2 circ.) or
37 37 37 R mAL_SET_HOR_COMP2 Alarm 0 1
compressor 3 (units 4 circ.)
38 38 38 R mAL_BP1 Alarm 0 1 Alarm due to low pressure of circuit 1
39 39 39 R mAL_BP2 Alarm 0 1 Alarm due to low pressure of circuit 2
40 40 40 R mAL_TERM_VENT_INT Alarm 0 1 General interlock alarm (RTVi)
41 41 41 R mAL_TEMP_AMB Alarm 0 1 Alarm of ambient air temperature sensor
42 42 42 R mAL_TEMP_RET_PISCINA Alarm 0 1 Alarm of return temperature sensor of the water pool
43 43 43 R mAL_FILTRO_SUCIO Alarm 0 1 Clogged filter alarm

mAL_TERM_RES_
44 44 44 R Alarm 0 1 Electrical heater(s) thermal protection alarm
ELECTRICA
45 45 45 R mAL_ALT_HUM_REG Alarm 0 1 Overly high return air humidity
0:No ;
46 46 46 R HAB_RELOJ Status Enable timer board
1:Yes
47 47 47 R mAL_BAJ_HUM_REG Alarm 0 1 Overly low return air humidity
0:No ;
48 48 48 R/W OEM HAB_SONDA_TEMP_IMP Configuration Enable discharge sensor
1:Yes
SEL_FREE_COOLING_ 0:No ;
49 49 49 R Status Enable enthalpic-thermal free-cooling
TERMO_ENTALPICO 1:Yes
0:No ;
50 50 50 R/W OEM HAB_SUPERVISION Configuration Enable the supervisory serial board
1:Yes
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
51 51 51 R Alarm 0 1 Communication fault with the frequency inverter of indoor motor
mAl_Offline_VFD
0:No ;
52 52 52 R/W OEM HAB_FREECOOL_VER Configuration Enable free-cooling in COOLING mode (summer)
1:Yes
0:No ;
53 53 53 R/W OEM HAB_FREEDESH_VER Configuration Enable free-dehumdification in COOLING mode (summer)
1:Yes
POS_COMPUERTA_AL_ 0: normal
54 54 54 R/W Regulation Select fresh air damper position at start-up
INICIO 1: closed
0:No ;
55 55 55 R/W OEM HAB_FREEDESH_INV Configuration Enable free-dehumdification in HEATING mode (winter)
1:Yes
0:No ;
56 56 56 R/W OEM HAB_RENOVACION_AIRE Configuration Enable refreshing
1:Yes
0: P ; Type of control: proportional or proportional + integral for PWA
57 57 57 R/W OEM CONTROL_P_PI_PWA Fans
1: P+I control
0:No ;
58 58 58 R/W AUTOSTART Regulation Enable automatic start-up after blocking/power cut
1:Yes
0:No ;
59 59 59 R/W HAB_ONOFF_REMOTO Regulation Enable remote ON/OFF
1:Yes
0:No ;
60 60 60 R HAB_ON_OFF_HOR Status Enable ON-OFF time schedule
1:Yes
0:No ;
61 61 61 R HAB_CAMBIO_MODO_HOR Status Enable setpoint change time schedule
1:Yes
0:No ;
62 62 62 R/W OEM HAB_FREECOOL_INV Configuration Enable free-cooling in HEATING mode (winter)
1:Yes
0: P ; Temperature control type: proportional (P) or proportional +
63 63 63 R/W OEM CONTROL_P_PI_TEMP Fans
1: P+I integral (P+I)
0:No ;
64 64 64 R/W OEM HAB_ROT_COMP Compressors Enable rotation of compressors
1:Yes
0: off
65 65 65 R/W SYS_ON Commands Unit ON/OFF
1: on
0: winter
66 66 66 R/W CALOR_FRIO_PANEL Commands Select HEATING/COOLING mode via the panel
1: summer
HAB_INTERCAMBIADOR_
67 67 67 R/W OEM Configuration 0:No ; 1:Yes Enable the PWA exchanger for pool heating
PWA
68 68 68 R mAL_TEMP_ENTRADA_BAC Alarm 0 1 Alarm of water inlet temperature of the hot water coil probe
69 69 69 R mAL_TEMP_SALIDA_BAC Alarm 0 1 Alarm of water outlet temperature of the hot water coil probe
mAL_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_
70 70 70 R Alarm 0 1 Water anti-freeze alarm of hot water coil
BAC
HAB_CONTROL_ 0:No ;
71 71 71 R/W OEM Configuration Enable OVERPRESSURE control
SOBREPRESION 1:Yes
CIATpool

HAB_BLOQ_COMP_ON_ 0:No ; Disable the compressors in summer with scheduling and setpoint
72 72 72 R/W RTC
FASE_LIM_FRIO 1:Yes limit in summer (free-cooling night)
HAB_BLOQ_RENOVACION_ 0:No ; Disable the outdoor air exchange and scheduling limit setpoint
73 73 73 R/W RTC
ON_FASE_LIM 1:Yes (night)
0: off
74 74 74 R SYS_ON1 Status Display of unit status
1: on
0: P ; Type of control: proportional or proportional + integral for humdity
75 75 75 R/W OEM CONTROL_P_PI_HUM Fans
1: P+I control
76 76 76 R COMPRESOR_AGUA Digital output 0 1 Switch of compressorof water circuit
0: P ; Type of control: proportional or proportional + integral for supply
77 77 77 R/W OEM CONTROL_P_PI_IMP Fans
1: P+I control
mAL_TEMP_IMP_AGUA_
78 78 78 R Alarm 0 1 Alarm of the outlet temperature probe of the water plate exchanger
INT_COMP
mAL_TEMP_IMP_AGUA_
79 79 79 R Alarm 0 1 Alarm of the outlet temperature probe of the PWA exchanger
PWA
HAB_MB_GAS_LEAKEAGE_ 0:No ;
80 80 80 R/W OEM Configuration Enabling gas leakage detector
DETECTOR 1:Yes
MOD_MOB_GAS_LEAKAGE_
81 81 81 R Alarm 0 1 Communication fault with the gas leakage detector
CIAT_1.mAl_Offline_ModBus
82 82 82 R Alarm 0 1 Alarm of gas leakage detected
CIAT_1.mRelay_Status
83 83 83 R Alarm 0 1 Alarm of broken or disconnected sensor of gas leakage detector
CIAT_1.mSensor_Fault
0:No ;
84 84 84 R/W OEM HAB_LIM_CO2 Configuration CO2 limit enabled
1:Yes
HAB_VALV_CALOR_POR_ 0:No ; Supply minimun control with hot water coil with unit in HEATING
85 85 85 R/W OEM Configuration
IMP_MIN_CALOR 1:Yes mode
HAB_COMP_CALOR_POR_ 0:No ; Supply minimun control with compressors in heating with unit
IMP_MIN_CALOR 1:Yes in HEATING mode
HAB_RES_POR_IMP_MIN_ 0:No ; Supply minimun control with electrical heaters with unit in
CALOR 1:Yes HEATING mode
HAB_BM_TERMOSTATO_ 0:No ;
88 88 88 R/W OEM Configuration Enabling of the TCO thermostat by MODBUS
TCO 1:Yes
0:No ;
89 89 89 R/W OEM ThTune_bloqueado Configuration Keypad lock of the TCO thermostat
1:Yes
HAB_OFF_COMP_ 0:No ; Compressors stop before HEATING/COOLING operating mode
91 91 91 R/W OEM Compressor
CAMBIO_F_C 1:Yes change
mAL_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_
93 93 93 R Alarm 0 1 Antifreeze alarm of the PWA exchanger
PWA
0:No ; Stop indoor fan when stopping the compressors in COOLING
94 94 94 R/W OEM HAB_OFF_VINT_FRIO Fans
1:Yes mode (summer)
0:No ; Stop indoor fan when stopping the compressors in HEATING
95 95 95 R/W OEM HAB_OFF_VINT_CALOR Fans
1:Yes mode (winter)
0: 0-1V;
96 96 96 R/W OEM SONDA_HUM_4_20 Service Type of humidity sensor
1: 4-20mA
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
97 97 97 R Alarm 0 1 Communication fault with the frequency inverter of return motor
mAl_Offline_VFD
0:No ;
98 98 98 R/W OEM HAB_FILTRO1 Service Enable sensor filter
1:Yes
mAL_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_INT
99 99 99 R Alarm 0 1 Antifreeze alarm of the water plate exchanger
_COMP
0:No ;
100 100 100 R/W OEM ACC_IMP_VLV Configuration Supply air temperature control with auxiliary hot water coil
1:Yes
0:No ;
101 101 101 R/W OEM ACC_IMP_BC Configuration Supply air temperature control with compressors
1:Yes
0:No ;
102 102 102 R/W OEM ACC_IMP_RES Configuration Supply air temperature control with electrical heaters
1:Yes
0:No ;
103 103 103 R/W OEM HAB_VALVULA_CALOR Configuration Enable auxiliary hot water coil (3-way valve)
1:Yes
0:No ;
104 104 104 R HAB_CO2 Status CO2 sensor installed
1:Yes
0:No ;
105 105 105 R/W OEM RESET_ON_HORAS_COMP1 Service Reset operating hours of compressor 1 of circuit 1
1:Yes

CIATpool
0:No ; Reset operating hours of compressor 1 of circuit 2 (units 2 circ.)
106 106 106 R/W OEM RESET_ON_HORAS_COMP2 Service
1:Yes or compressor 3 (units 4 circ.)
RESET_ON_HORAS_ 0:No ;
107 107 107 R/W OEM Service Reset operating hours of the unit
MAQUINA 1:Yes
mAL_SET_HOR_ON_
108 108 108 R Alarm 0 1 Alarm due to cumulative unit operating hours
EQUIPO
109 109 109 R mAL_TEMP_RET Alarm 0 1 Return air temperature sensor alarm
110 110 110 R mAL_S_VIRTUAL Alarm 0 1 Virtual pLAN sensor alarm
111 111 111 R mAL_TEMP_EXT Alarm 0 1 Outdoor temperature sensor alarm
112 112 112 R mAL_HUM_RET Alarm 0 1 Return humidity sensor alarm
113 113 113 R mAL_HUM_EXT Alarm 0 1 Outdoor humidity sensor alarm
114 114 114 R mAL_TEMP_IMP Alarm 0 1 Discharge air temperature sensor alarm
Alarm setpoint HEATING mode (winter) > COOLING mode
115 115 115 R mAL_SETPOINT Alarm 0 1
(summer)
HP and LP pressure switch recovery circuit (only with cooling
116 116 116 R IN_DIG11_CR Digital input 0 1
recovery)
117 117 117 R COMPRESOR_REC Digital output 0 1 Recovery compressor switch (only with cooling recovery)
HP and LP pressure switch recovery circuit alarm (only with
118 118 118 R mAL_AP_BP_CR Alarm 0 1
cooling recovery)
119 119 119 R mAL_SET_HOR_CR Alarm 0 1 Recovery compressor maintenance (only with cooling recovery)
0:No ;
120 120 120 R/W FORZADO RTC Forced start-up
1:Yes
0:No ;
121 121 121 R/W NEW_DATE RTC Activate time and date change
1:Yes
mAL_SET_HOR_COMP_
122 122 122 R Alarm 0 1 Maintenance of compressor 1 of circuit 1
AGUA
RESET_ON_HORAS_ 0:No ;
124 124 124 R/W OEM Service Reset operating hours of compressor
COMP_AGUA 1:Yes
HAB_PRIORIDAD_COMP_ 0:No ;
125 125 125 R/W Regulation Enable water compressor priority in heating mode
AGUA_CALOR 1:Yes
126 126 126 R mAL_KLD1 Alarm 0 1 Discharge temperature limit of compressor(s) of circ. 1 exceeded
127 127 127 R mAL_KLD2 Alarm 0 1 Discharge temperature limit of compressor(s) of circ. 2 exceeded
HAB_PROT_ANTIHIELO_ 0:No ; Enabling of the antifreeze protection of the hot water coil with
128 128 128 R/W Configuration
BAC_GF 1:Yes low outdoor temperatures
0:No ;
129 129 129 R/W OEM HAB_BAC_DESESCARCHE Configuration Enable auxiliary hot water coil during defrosting
1:Yes
130 130 130 R mAL_TEMP_MEZCLA Alarm 0 1 Mixed air temperature sensor alarm
0:No ; Disable compressors in HEATING mode (winter) according to
131 131 131 R/W OEM TIPO_BLOQ_COMP_CALOR Compressor
1:Yes outdoor temperature
0:No ;
132 132 132 R/W HAB_PRIORIDAD_BAC Regulation Enable hot water coil priority with respect to compressors
1:Yes
0:No ;
133 133 133 R/W OEM RESET_ON_HORAS_CR Service Reset operating hours of the recovery compressor
1:Yes
0: Temp.
134 134 134 R/W OEM HAB_PRES_BEXT Configuration Enable pressure sensors in the outdoor coil
1: Pressure
0:No ;
135 135 135 R IN_DIG12_INC Digital input Digital input detection of smoke or fire
1:Yes
136 136 136 R mAL_INCENDIO Alarm 0 1 Smoke detector alarm
143 143 143 R IN_DIG12_BP_AGUA Digital input 0 1 LP pressure switch of water circuit
151 151 151 R mAL_TERM_COMP_AGUA Alarm 0 1 Alarm for thermal of compressor of water circuit
153 153 153 R mAL_AP_AGUA Alarm 0 1 Alarm due to high pressure of water circuit
159 159 159 R mAL_KLD_AGUA Alarm 0 1 Discharge temperature limit of water compressor
161 161 161 R mAl_I_O_Mismatch Alarm 0 1 Alarm expansion card pCOe inputs/outputs malfunction n.1
162 162 162 R mAl_Offline Alarm 0 1 Alarm no communication with expansion card pCOe n.1
163 163 163 R mAl_Offline Alarm 0 1 Alarm no communication with ambient sensor RS485 No.1
CIATpool

164 164 164 R mAl_Broken_Temp_Probe Alarm 0 1 Alarm ambient temperature sensor No.1 broken or disconnected
165 165 165 R mAl_Broken_Humid_Probe Alarm 0 1 Alarm ambient humidity sensor No.1 broken or disconnected
166 166 166 R mAL_IMPULSION_ALTA Alarm 0 1 High supply air temperature alarm
0:No ;
167 167 167 R HAB_MB_SOND_AMB Configuration Enable ambient sensor
1:Yes
0:No ;
168 168 168 R/W OEM HAB_FILTRO_CAL_IMP Service Enable supply air STP calculation with ambient sensor
1:Yes
0: Open
170 170 170 R/W OEM COMP_OFF_ALL_INCENDIO Alarm Outdoor damper status with fire alarm (0=open, 1=closed)
1: Closed
VAR_DIGITAL_AUX_
173 173 173 R/W Special 0 1 Digital variable No.1 saved for the PVPRO
PVPRO_1
VAR_DIGITAL_AUX_
174 174 174 R/W Special 0 1 Digital variable No.2 saved for the PVPRO
PVPRO_2
0:No ;
180 180 180 R/W OEM SEL_ALARMA_POR_MASK Alarm Relay activation with selected active alarms on display
1:Yes
0:No ;
182 182 182 R/W OEM RESET_TIME_COMPRESOR Service Compressor timers reset
1:Yes
183 183 183 R ON_FCOOL_FDESH Status 0 1 Display of the free-cooling or free-dehumidification operation
184 184 184 R ON_FREE_COOL Status 0 1 Display of the free-cooling operation
185 185 185 R ON_FREE_DESH Status 0 1 Display of the free-dehumidification operation
186 186 186 R ON_COMPRESOR Status 0 1 Display of the compressors status
187 187 187 R ON_RESISTENCIA Status 0 1 Display of the electrical heaters operation
188 188 188 R NOT_SYSON1 Status 0 1 Display of the unit OFF

0:No ;
190 190 190 R/W OEM HAB_MB_ENERGY_METER Configuration Enable energy meter connected as Modbus slave
1:Yes
0:No ;
191 191 191 R/W OEM Reset_Energy Configuration Reset of energy meter counter
1:Yes
192 192 192 R mAl_Offline Alarm Alarm no communication with energy meter
197 197 197 R mAL_BQ_ANTIHIELO Alarm 0 1 Unit blocking due to anti-freeze alarm
198 198 198 R/W OEM RESET_AL_BQ_ANTIHIELO Alarm 0:No ; 1:Yes Reset of unit blocking due to anti-freeze refrigerant alarm
201 201 201 R mAl_Offline_MB_Ebm_Fan1 Alarm 0 1 Alarm no communication plug-fan indoor fan
202 202 202 R mAl_sensor_pres_dif_aire Alarm 0 1 Differential pressure sensor alarm for flow control
0: Rec. comp.
HAB_BOMBA_CALOR_ cooling only
203 203 203 R/W OEM Configuration Recovery compressor - Heat pump
COMP_REC 1: Rec. comp.
heat pump
0:No ; Indoor fan stop when compressor stops if there is no demand
204 204 204 R/W OEM HAB_OFF_VINT_POR_CO2 Service
1:Yes for air renewal by CO2 sensor
205 205 205 R mAl_Offline_MB_Ebm_Fan2 Alarm 0 1 Plug-fan return fan alarm no communication
mAl_sensor_pres_dif_aire_
206 206 206 R Alarm 0 1 Differential pressure sensor alarm for return flow control
Fan2
14.3. Analogue variables
Carel Modbus Modbus Read / Variable Parameter UOM Min. Max. Description
CIATpool
1 1 1 R TEMP_RET Analog input °C -99.9 99.9 Return air temperature
2 2 2 R TEMP_SONDA_EXT Analog input °C -99.9 99.9 Outdoor air temperature
3 3 3 R TEM_RET_PISCINA Analog input °C -99.9 99.9 Return water temperature of the pool
TEMP_IMP_AGUA_ Discharge water temperature of the water circuit
4 4 4 R Analog input °C -99.9 99.9
INT_COMPRESOR exchanger
5 5 5 R HUM_SONDA_AMB Analog input %rH -999.9 999.9 Return air relative humidity
6 6 6 R HUM_SONDA_EXT Analog input %rH -999.9 999.9 Outdoor air relative humidity
7 7 7 R TEMP_IMP Analog input °C -99.9 99.9 Supply air temperature
8 8 8 R TEMP_MEZCLA Analog input °C -99.9 99.9 Mixing air temperature
9 9 9 R TEMP_SONDA_AMB Analog input °C -99.9 99.9 Ambient air temperature
10 10 10 R AOUT_COMPUERTA Analog output --- 0 32767 Outdoor air damper outlet

AOUT_VALV_O_RES_
11 11 11 R Analog output --- 0 32767 Modulating output for auxiliary hot water coil valve
PROP
12 12 12 R AOUT_VALVULA_PWA Analog output --- 0 32767 Modulating output for PWA exchanger valve
AOUT_COMPUERTA_
13 13 13 R Analog output --- 0 32767 Opening of the extraction air damper
EXTRACCION
14 14 14 R TEMP_TCO Analog input °C -99.9 99.9 Air temperature of the TCO thermostat
SET_POINT_TEMP_ LIM_INF_ LIM_SUP_ Return air temperature setpoint in COOLING mode
15 15 15 R/W Commands °C
FRIO TEMP TEMP (summer)
SET_POINT_TEMP_ LIM_INF_ LIM_SUP_ Return air temperature setpoint in HEATING mode
16 16 16 R/W Commands °C
CALOR TEMP TEMP (winter)
Humidity control differential in COOLING mode
17 17 17 R/W BANDA_HUM_FRIO Regulation %rH 0 10.0
(summer)
LIM_INF_ LIM_SUP_ Humidity control setpoint in COOLING mode
18 18 18 R/W SET_POINT_HUM Commands %rH
HUM HUM (summer)
LIM_INF_
19 19 19 R/W LIM_SUP_TEMP_FRIO Regulation °C 50.0 Upper limit of temperature setpoint on COLD
TEMP
LIM_SUP_
20 20 20 R/W LIM_INF_TEMP_FRIO Regulation °C 0 Lower limit of temperature setpoint on COLD
TEMP
COOLING mode (summer) temperature control
21 21 21 R/W BANDA_TEMP_FRIO Regulation °C 0 15.0
band
22 22 22 R/W BANDA_TEMP_CALOR Regulation °C 0 15.0 HEATING mode (winter) temperature control band
LIM_INF_
23 23 23 R/W LIM_SUP_HUM Regulation %rH 99.9 Humidity setpoint upper limit
HUM
LIM_SUP_
24 24 24 R/W LIM_INF_HUM Regulation %rH -99.9 Humidity setpoint lower limit
HUM
25 25 25 R TEMP_ENTRADA_BAC Analog input °C -99.9 99.9 Water inlet temperature of the hot water coil
26 26 26 R TEMP_SALIDA_BAC Analog input °C -99.9 99.9 Water outlet temperature of the hot water coil
27 27 27 R/W DELTA_FREE_COOL Regulation °C -5.0 5.0 Temperature differential for free-cooling

Free-cooling ramp in COOLING mode (summer):
28 28 28 R/W OFFSET_FCOOL_VER Regulation °C -5.0 5.0
Offset
Free-cooling ramp in COOLING mode (summer):
29 29 29 R/W BANDA_FCOOL_VER Regulation °C 0 5.0
Differential
Free-dehumidification ramp in COOLING mode
30 30 30 R/W OFFSET_FDESH_VER Regulation %rH -5.0 5.0
(summer): Offset
Free-dehumidification ramp in COOLING mode
31 31 31 R/W BANDA_FDESH_VER Regulation %rH 0 5.0
(summer): Differential
SET_
SET_IMPULSION_ Setpoint for minimum supply air temperature control
32 32 32 R/W Regulation °C 0 IMPULSION_
FRIO_MIN in COOLING mode (summer)
FRIO_MAX
Minimum supply air temperature control differential
33 33 33 R/W BANDA_IMP_FRIO Regulation °C 0 20.0
in COOLING mode (summer)
HUM_ABS_SONDA_
34 34 34 R Analog input g/Kg 0 99.9 Absolute outdoor humidity in g/Kg of dry air
EXT
HUM_ABS_SONDA_
35 35 35 R Analog input g/Kg 0 99.9 Absolute ambient humidity in g/Kg of dry air
AMB
36 36 36 R/W DELTA_HUM_ABS Regulation g/Kg 0 10.0 Delta of absolute humidity in g/Kg of dry air
TEMP_IMP_AGUA_ Discharge water temperature of the PWA plate
37 37 37 R Analog input °C -99.9 99.9
PWA exchanger
CIATpool
Analogue variables (...continued)
SET_TEMP_MEZCLA_ Setpoint of mixed air temperature for stopping the air
38 38 38 R/W OEM Configuration °C 10.0 30.0
COMP_REC compressors
39 39 39 R/W ZONA_MUERTA_TEMP Regulation °C 0 3.0 Dead zone of temperature control
40 40 40 R/W ZONA_MUERTA_HUM Regulation %rH 0 50.0 Dead zone of humidity control
41 41 41 R/W OEM SET_ALTA_TEMP_AMB Alarm °C 0 60.0 Setpoint of high temperature of ambient air
42 42 42 R/W OEM SET_BAJA_TEMP_AMB Alarm °C 0 60.0 Setpoint of low temperature of ambient air
43 43 43 R/W OEM SET_ALTA_HUM_AMB Alarm %rH 0 99.0 Setpoint of high humidity of the ambient air
44 44 44 R/W OEM SET_BAJA_HUM_AMB Alarm %rH 0 99.9 Setpoint of low humidity of the ambient air
45 45 45 R/W OEM TAR_TEMP_RET Service °C -9.9 9.9 Calibration of return air sensor
46 46 46 R/W OEM TAR_TEMP_EXT Service °C -9.9 9.9 Calibration of outdoor air sensor
47 47 47 R/W OEM TAR_TEMP_IMP Service °C -9.9 9.9 Calibration of discharge air sensor
SET_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_
48 48 48 R/W OEM Alarm °C -20.0 10.0 Anti-freeze alarm setpoint of the water circuit exchager
INT_COMP
DIF_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_
49 49 49 R/W OEM Alarm °C 0.0 10.0 Anti-freeze alarm differential of the water circuit exchager
INT_COMP
50 50 50 R/W OEM TAR_TEMP_MEZCLA Service °C -9.9 9.9 Calibration of mixing air sensor
OFFSET_TEMP_AGUA_
51 51 51 R/W OEM Configuration °C 0 10.0 Water temperature offset of the hot water coil with OFF unit
BAC
52 52 52 R/W OFFSET_RES Regulation °C -5.0 5.0 Offset for the control of electrical heaters
53 53 53 R/W BANDA_RES Regulation °C 0 5.0 Differential control for electrical heaters
54 54 54 R/W OEM TAR_HUM_AMB Service %rH -9.9 9.9 Calibration of return humidity sensor
55 55 55 R/W OEM TAR_HUM_EXT Service %rH -9.9 9.9 Calibration of outdoor humidity sensor
56 56 56 R/W OEM SET_TEMP_AGUA_BAC Configuration °C 0 20.0 Water temperature setpoint of the hot water coil
57 57 57 R/W OEM BANDA_TEMP_AGUA_BAC Configuration °C 0 5.0 Band of the water temperature setpoint of the hot water coil
Time schedule with setpoint change: HEATING mode
58 58 58 R/W SET_EXT_CALOR RTC °C -99.9 99.9
(winter) outdoor setpoint
Time schedule with setpoint change: COOLING mode
59 59 59 R/W SET_EXT_FRIO RTC °C -99.9 99.9
(summer) outdoor setpoint
Time schedule with setpoint change: HEATING mode
60 60 60 R/W SET_INT_CALOR RTC °C -99.9 99.9
(winter) indoor setpoint
Time schedule with setpoint change: COOLING mode
61 61 61 R/W SET_INT_FRIO RTC °C -99.9 99.9
(summer) indoor setpoint
62 62 62 R/W OFFSET_VALV_CALOR Regulation °C -10.0 0 Auxiliary hot water coil offset (heat valve)
63 63 63 R/W DIF_VALV_CALOR Regulation °C 0 5.0 Auxiliary hot water coil differential (heat valve)
64 64 64 R/W SET_POINT_TEMP_AGUA Commands °C 0 99.9 Setpoint of temperature of the pool water
65 65 65 R/W LIM_SUP_TEMP_AGUA Regulation °C 20.0 50.0 Upper limit of the water set point
66 66 66 R/W LIM_INF_TEMP_AGUA Regulation °C 0 30.0 Lower limit of the water set point
67 67 67 R/W BANDA_COMP_AGUA Regulation °C 0,0 15,0 Control band of the water circuit temperature
68 68 68 R/W BANDA_VALV_PWA Regulation °C 1,0 9.9 Control band of the PWA excharger valve
69 69 69 R/W RATIO_PWA_REGIMEN Regulation °C 2,0 9.9 Power ratio of PWA (maintenance/regime)

SET_LIM_TEMP_IMP_
70 70 70 R/W OEM Alarm °C 20.0 60.0 Value to limit the water discharge temperature for the PWA
AGUA_PWA
71 71 71 R/W OEM LIM_MAX_HUM Service %rH 0 100.0 Maximum humidity limit
72 72 72 R/W OEM LIM_MIN_HUM Service %rH 0 100.0 Minimum humidity limit

OFFSET_TEMP_AGUA_
73 73 73 R/W Regulation °C 0 15.0 Offset for water temperature control with compressor priority
CON_PRIORIDAD
SET_TEMP_MEZCLA_ Setpoint of mixing temperature for stopping the water circuit
74 74 74 R/W OEM Configuration °C 10.0 30.0
COMP_AGUA compresor
75 75 75 R VER_SOFT Status --- 0 99.9 pCO3 board software version
Time schedule on by limit setpoint in HEATING mode
76 76 76 R/W SET_EXT_LIM_CALOR RTC °C -99.9 99.9
(winter): limit setpoint
Time schedule on by limit setpoint in COOLING mode
77 77 77 R/W SET_EXT_LIM_FRIO RTC °C -99.9 99.9
(summer): limit setpoint
78 78 78 R/W SET_INT_LIM_CALOR RTC °C -99.9 99.9
(winter): indoor setpoint
CIATpool
79 79 79 R/W SET_INT_LIM_FRIO RTC °C -99.9 99.9
(summer): indoor setpoint
80 80 80 R/W DIF_LIM_FRIO RTC °C 0 99.9
(summer): limit differential
81 81 81 R/W DIF_LIM_CALOR RTC °C 0 99.9
(winter): limit differential
R/W SET_ON_VALV_CALOR_ Setpoint for hot water coil ON with unit OFF due to low
82 82 82 Configuration °C -10.0 10.0
OEM POR_BAJA_TEXT outdoor temperature
SET_
SET_IMPULSION_ Setpoint for maximum discharge air temperature control
83 83 83 R/W Regulation °C IMPULSION_ 55.0
CALOR_MAX in HEATING mode (winter)
CALOR_MIN
Differential for maximum supply air temperature control
84 84 84 R/W BANDA_IMP_CALOR Regulation °C 0 20.0
in HEATING mode (winter)
Time schedule with setpoint change: indoor water
85 85 85 R/W SET_INT_AGUA RTC °C -99.9 99.9
setpoint
Time schedule with setpoint change: indoor humidity
86 86 86 R/W SET_INT_HUM RTC %rH 0 99.9
setpoint
87 87 87 R/W SET_INT_LIM_AGUA RTC °C -99.9 99.9 Time schedule on by limit water setpoint: indoor setpoint
Time schedule on by limit humidity setpoint: indoor
88 88 88 R/W SET_INT_LIM_HUM RTC %rH 0 99.9
setpoint
Time schedule with setpoint change: outdoor water
89 89 89 R/W SET_EXT_AGUA RTC °C -99.9 99.9
setpoint
Time schedule with setpoint change: outdoor humidity
90 90 90 R/W SET_EXT_HUM RTC %rH 0 99.9
setpoint
R/W SET_TEMP_MEZCLA_ Mixing temperature setpoint for stopping the air
91 91 91 Configuration °C 10.0 30.0
OEM COMP_AIRE compressors
92 92 92 R/W SET_EXT_LIM_AGUA RTC °C -99.9 99.9 Time schedule on by limit water setpoint: limit setpoint
93 93 93 R/W SET_EXT_LIM_HUM RTC %rH 0 99.9 Time schedule on by limit humidity setpoint: limit setpoint
94 94 94 R/W DIF_LIM_AGUA RTC °C 0 99.9 Time schedule on by limit water setpoint: limit differential
Time schedule on by limit humidity setpoint: limit
95 95 95 R/W DIF_LIM_HUM RTC %rH 0 99.9
differential
96 96 96 R/W BANDA_HUM_CALOR Regulation %rH 0 10.0 Humidity control in HEATING mode (winter): diferential
97 97 97 R/W BANDA_FCOOL_INV Regulation °C -5.0 5.0 Free-cooling ramp in HEATING mode (winter): offset
98 98 98 R/W OFFSET_FCOOL_INV Regulation °C 0 5.0 Free-cooling ramp in HEATING mode (winter): differ.
99 99 99 R/W BANDA_FDESH_INV Regulation %rH -5.0 5.0 Free-dehum. ramp in HEATING mode (winter): offset
100 100 100 R/W OFFSET_FDESH_INV Regulation %rH 0 5.0 Free-dehum. ramp in HEATING mode (winter): differ.
R/W
101 101 101 OFFSET_TEMP_AGUA Configuration °C 0 5.0 Offset for water temperature control with compressor
OEM
R/W SET_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_
102 102 102 Alarm °C -20.0 10.0 Anti-freeze alarm setpoint of the PWA exchager
OEM PWA
R/W DIF_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_
103 103 103 Alarm °C 0 10.0 Anti-freeze alarm differential of the PWA exchager
OEM PWA
R/W TAR_TEMP_RET_
105 105 105 Service °C -9.9 9.9 Calibration of the pool return temperature probe
OEM PISCINA
R/W TAR_TEMP_IMP_AGUA Calibration of the outlet temperature probe of the water
106 106 106 Service °C -9.9 9.9
OEM _INT_COMPRESOR circuit exchanger
R/W TAR_TEMP_IMP_AGUA_
107 107 107 Service °C -9.9 9.9 Calibration of the PWA outlet temperature probe
OEM PWA
R/W
108 108 108 TAR_TEMP_AMB Service °C -9.9 9.9 Calibration of the ambient air temperature probe
OEM
R/W TAR_TEMP_ENTRADA_
109 109 109 Service °C -9.9 9.9 Calibration of the BAC inlet temperature probe
OEM BAC
R/W
110 110 110 TAR_TEMP_SALIDA_BAC Service °C -9.9 9.9 Calibration of the BAC outlet temperature probe
OEM
R/W SET_OFF_COMPUERTA_
111 111 111 Configuration °C -20.0 10.0 Outdoor temperature to close the outer damper
OEM POR_BAJA_TEXT
OFFSET_CAL_IMP_ Ambient temperature compensation in order to calculate
112 112 112 R/W Regulation °C 0 30.0
CALOR supply air setpoint in HEATING mode (winter)
SET_
SET_IMPULSION_ Setpoint for minimum supply air temperature control in
113 113 113 R/W Regulation °C 25.0 IMPULSION_
CALOR_MIN HEATING mode (winter)
CALOR_MAX
Ambient temp. compensation in order to calculate
114 114 114 R/W OFFSET_CAL_IMP_FRIO Regulation °C 0 30.0
supply air setpoint in COOLING mode (summer)
SET_
SET_IMPULSION_FRIO_ Setpoint for maximum supply air temperature control
115 115 115 R/W Regulation °C IMPULSION_ 30.0
MAX in COOLING mode (summer)
FRIO_MIN
CIATpool
116 116 116 R/W OEM SET_AL_INCENDIO Alarm °C 40.0 80.0 Fire alarm setpoint (return air temperature)
117 117 117 R/W OEM DIF_AL_INCENDIO Alarm °C 10.0 50.0 Fire alarm differential (return air temperature)
Setpoint compensation for high discharge air
118 118 118 R/W OEM OFFSET_AL_IMPULSION_ALTA Alarm °C 0 20.0
temperature alarm
119 119 119 R/W OEM DIF_AL_IMPULSION_ALTA Alarm °C 1.0 10.0 Differential for high discharge air T alarm
Discharge air setpoint calculated in HEATING
121 121 121 R SET_IMPULSION_CALOR_CAL Status °C 0 55.0
mode (winter)
Discharge air setpoint calculated in COOLING
122 122 122 R SET_IMPULSION_FRIO_CAL Status °C 0 30.0
mode (summer)
VA R _ A N A L O G I C A _ A U X _
127 127 127 R/W Special --- -3276.8 3276.7 Analogue variable No.1 saved for the PVPRO
PVPRO_1
VA R _ A N A L O G I C A _ A U X _
128 128 128 R/W Special --- -3276.8 3276.7 Analogue variable No.2 saved for the PVPRO
PVPRO_2
Setpoint for electrical heaters enabling due to
129 129 129 R/W SET_HAB_RES_TEMP_EXT Regulation °C -20.0 40.0
low outdoor temperature
131 131 131 R Current_1_L_SPV Status A 0 999.9 Current line 1
134 134 134 R Apparent_Power_1_L_SPV Status kVAr 0 999.9 Reactive power line 1
137 137 137 R Power_1_L_SPV Status kW 0 999.9 Effective power line 1
140 140 140 R Power_L_SPV Status kW 0 999.9 Equivalent power
141 141 141 R VT_L_SPV Status --- 0 9999 Multiplier of the voltage transformer
142 142 142 R Frequency Status Hz 0 99,9 Frequency of power supply
143 143 143 R/W OEM SET_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_BAC Alarm °C -20.0 10.0 Initial value of the BAC antifreeze alarm
144 144 144 R/W OEM DIF_ANTIHIELO_AGUA_BAC Alarm °C 0 10.0 Differential value of the BAC antifreeze alarm
145 145 145 R/W OEM DIF_TEMP_RENOVACION_CAL Service °C 0 9.9 Temperature differ. for the calculated renovation
146 146 146 R/W OEM LIM_MIN_HUM_ALARMA Service %rH 0 100.0 Minimum humidity limit for alarm signalling
147 147 147 R/W OEM LIM_MAX_HUM_ALARMA Service %rH 0 100.0 Maximum humidity limit for alarm signalling
LIM_INF_
148 148 148 R/W LIM_SUP_TEMP_CALOR Regulation °C 50.0 Upper limit of temperature setpoint on HEAT
TEMP_CALOR
LIM_SUP_
149 149 149 R/W LIM_INF_TEMP_CALOR Regulation °C 0 Lower limit of temperature setpoint on HEAT
TEMP_CALOR
151 151 151 R Sobrepresion Service % 0 99.9 Calculation of the actual overpressure
152 152 152 R/W CTE_AJUSTE_SOBREPRESION Service --- 0 10 Constant adjustment of the OVERPRESSURE
A O U T _ C O M P U E R T A _ Analog
153 153 153 R --- 0 999,9 Output extraction air damper
EXTRACCION output
SET_HUM_BLOQ_COMP_ Block compressor setpoint in summer with
154 154 154 R Compressor %rH 0 100
FRIO_FC free-cooling with high outdoor humidity
155 155 155 R/W OEM Pda_VENT_INT_min Service Pa 0 9999 Point differential pressure min. of indoor fan
156 156 156 R/W OEM Rpm_VENT_INT_min Service rpm 0 9999 Point rpm minimum of indoor fan
157 157 157 R/W OEM Pda_VENT_INT_max Service Pa 0 9999 Point differential pressure max. of indoor fan
158 158 158 R/W OEM Rpm_VENT_INT_max Service rpm 0 9999 Point rpm maximun of indoor fan
Speed_Input_perc_ Percentage of speed modulation in
159 159 159 R/W OEM Service % 0 100
VENTILACION_Fan1 VENTILATION mode with indoor fan
Percentage of speed modulation in COOLING
160 160 160 R/W OEM Speed_Input_perc_FRIO_Fan1 Service % 0 100
mode with indoor fan
Speed_Input_perc_CALOR_ Percentage of speed modulation in HEATING
161 161 161 R/W OEM Service % 0 100
Fan1 mode with indoor fan
162 162 162 R Speed_Hz_VFD_INT Status Hz 0 99.9 Frequency read on the indoor motor
163 163 163 R Analog_IN1_Ebm_Fan1 Status Pa 0 32767 Pressure differential read on the indoor fan
164 164 164 R Speed_rpm_VFD_INT Status rpm 0 9999 Speed read on the indoor motor
CIATpool
165 165 165 R Rpm_VENT_INT_calculado Status rpm 0 32767 Speed calculated on the indoor fan
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
166 166 166 R Status % 0 1000.0 Minimum value of the analog input A1 of indoor motor VFD
Min_Setting_A1
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1. 1000.0 Maximum value of the analog input A1 of indoor motor
167 167 167 R Status % 0
Max_Setting_A1 VFD
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
168 168 168 R Status Hz 0 320.0 Minimum frequency value of indoor motor VFD
Min_Frequency
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_1.
169 169 169 R Status Hz 0 320.0 Maximum frequency value of indoor motor VFD
Max_Frequency
170 170 170 R/W OEM Pda_VENT_RET_min Service Pa 0 9999 Point differential pressure minimum of return fan
171 171 171 R/W OEM Rpm_VENT_RET_min Service rpm 0 9999 Point rpm minimum of return fan
172 172 172 R/W OEM Pda_VENT_RET_max Service Pa 0 9999 Point differential pressure maximum of return fan
173 173 173 R/W OEM Rpm_VENT_RET_max Service rpm 0 9999 Point rpm maximun of return fan
R/W OEM Speed_Input_perc_ Percentage of speed modulation in VENTILATION mode

174 174 174 Service % 0 100
VENTILACION_Fan2 with return fan
R/W OEM Speed_Input_perc_FRIO_ Percentage of speed modulation in COOLING mode
175 175 175 Service % 0 100
Fan2 with return fan
R/W OEM Speed_Input_perc_CALOR_ Percentage of speed modulation in HEATING mode
176 176 176 Service % 0 100
Fan2 with return fan
177 177 177 R Speed_Hz_VFD_RET Status Hz 0 99.9 Frequency read on the return motor
178 178 178 R Analog_IN1_Ebm_Fan2 Status Pa 0 32767 Pressure differential read on the return fan
179 179 179 R Speed_rpm_VFD_RET Status rpm 0 9999 Speed read on the return motor
180 180 180 R Rpm_VENT_RET_calculado Status rpm 0 32767 Speed calculated on the return fan
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
181 181 181 R Status % 0 1000.0 Minimum value of the analog input A1 of return motor VFD
Min_Setting_A1
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
182 182 182 R Status % 0 1000.0 Maximum value of the analog input A1 of return motor VFD
Max_Setting_A1
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
183 183 183 R Status Hz 0 320.0 Minimum frequency value of return motor VFD
Min_Frequency
MOD_MB_VFD_CIAT_2.
184 184 184 R Status Hz 0 320.0 Maximum frequency value of return motor VFD
Max_Frequency
185 185 185 R/W NUM_WO_DIG_1 Configuration --- 0 9 Work Order Number of unit - DIGIT 1
193 193 193 R SOND_AMB_1_TEMP Status °C -99.9 99.9 Room probe nº 1 - temperature value
194 194 194 R SOND_AMB_1_HUM Status %rH 0.0 99.9 Room probe nº 1 - humidity value
195 195 195 R SOND_AMB_1_ROCIO Status °C -99.9 99.9 Room probe nº 1 - dew point
196 196 196 R SOND_AMB_2_TEMP Status °C -99.9 99.9 Room probe nº 2 - temperature value
197 197 197 R SOND_AMB_2_HUM Status %rH 0.0 99.9 Room probe nº 2 - humidity value
198 198 198 R SOND_AMB_2_ROCIO Status °C -99.9 99.9 Room probe nº 2 - dew point
0: average Selection of temperature value with 2 ambient probe mode
199 199 199 R SEL_TEMP_2_SOND_AMB Configuration --- 1: minimal (0 = average, 1 = minimal, 2 = maximum)
2: maximum
0: average Selection of humidity value with 2 ambient probe mode
200 200 200 R SEL_HUM_2_SOND_AMB Configuration --- 1: minimal (0 = average, 1 = minimal, 2 = maximum)
2: maximum
CAUDAL_RENOVACION_ x10 0
201 201 201 R Status 9999 Renovation flow of outdoor air
MSK m3/h
202 202 202 R NUM_WO_H_SPV Status 0 9999 Work Order Number of unit (high level)
203 203 203 R NUM_WO_L_SPV Status 0 9999 Work Order Number of unit (low level)
204 204 204 R SOND_EXT_1_TEMP Status °C -99.9 99.9 Outdoor probe nº 1 - temperature value
205 205 205 R SOND_EXT_1_HUM Status %rH 0.0 99.9 Outdoor probe nº 1 - humidity value
206 206 206 R SOND_EXT_1_ROCIO Status °C -99.9 99.9 Outdoor probe nº 1 - dew point
CIATpool
14.4. Integer variables
0: No
1 209 5002 R/W OEM TIPO_SONDA_EXT Configuration --- 1: 1 RS485 probe Type of outdoor probe
2: PLAN probe
TIME_RET_OFF_BOMBA_
2 210 5003 R/W OEM Compressor ºC 0 999 Delay stoping the pump of the water circuit
COMPRESOR
3 211 5004 R CO2 Status ppm 0 32767 Reading of the CO2 air quality sensor
4 212 5005 R/W SP_CO2 Regulation ppm -32767 32767 CO2 air quality control setpoint
5 213 5006 R/W DIF_CO2 Regulation ppm -32767 32767 CO2 air quality control differential
Concentration_ppm_Gas_
6 214 5007 R Status ppm 0 32767 Ppm concentration in the gas leakage detector
Leakag
Concentration_Percent_
7 215 5008 R Status % 0 100 Percentage concentration in the gas leakage detector
Gas_Leakag
8 216 5009 R/W OEM Alarm_Setp_ppm Alarm ppm 0 32767 Alarm limit in ppm for gas leakage detector
TIME_MIN_APERTURA_ Time required with minimum opening outdoor air damper
9 217 5010 R/W OEM Configuration s 0 999
ON_REC for turning ON the recovery compressor
10 218 5011 R N_HOR_COMP1 Status h 0 32767 Operating hours of compressor 1 circuit 1
Operating hours of compressor 1 circuit 2 (units 2 circ.)
11 219 5012 R N_HOR_COMP2 Status h 0 32767
or compressor 3 (units 4 circ.)
12 220 5013 R N_HOR_CR Status h 0 32767 Operating hours of recovery compressor
13 221 5014 R/W OEM SET_HOR_CR Service h 0 32000 Operating hours limit of recovery compressor
14 222 5015 R PR_ENT_EXTERIOR Status kc/kg 0 99 Integer part of outdoor enthalpy
15 223 5016 R SEC_ENT_EXTERIOR Status kc/kg 0 999 Decimal part of outdoor enthalpy
16 224 5017 R PR_ENT_INTERIOR Status kc/kg 0 99 Integer part of indoor enthalpy
17 225 5018 R SEC_ENT_INTERIOR Status kc/kg 0 999 Decimal part of indoor enthalpy
18 226 5019 R/W OEM TIME_RET_AL_TEMP_HUM Alarm s 0 999 Delay in return air temperature alarm (high/low temp.)
19 227 5020 R/W OEM TIME_RET_AL_BP Compressor s 0 9999 Delay in low pressure alarm
Integer part of difference between outdoor and indoor
20 228 5021 R/W PR_ENT_DIF Regulation kc/kg 0 99
enthalpy
Decimal part of difference between outdoor and indoor
21 229 5022 R/W SEC_ENT_DIF Regulation kc/kg 0 999
enthalpy
0: Alarm
22 230 5023 R/W OEM CONF_OUT07 Configuration --- Type of element connected in digital output 07
1: Dehumidif.
Delay in stopping the indoor fan in COOLING mode
23 231 5024 R/W OEM TIME_RET_OFF_VINT_FRIO Fans s 0 999
(summer)
TIME_RET_OFF_VINT_ Delay in stopping the indoor fan in HEATING mode
24 232 5025 R/W OEM Fans s 0 999
CALOR (winter)
Delay in starting the compressors after starting the
25 233 5026 R/W OEM TIME_RET_ON_COMP Fans s 0 999
indoor fan
TIME_RET_AL_TERM_
26 234 5027 R/W OEM Alarm s 0 999 Delay in interlock alarm
VENT_INT
27 235 5028 R/W OEM TIME_MIN_OFF_COMP Compressor s 0 9999 Minimum stop time for the compressors
28 236 5029 R/W OEM NEW_PASS_UT Seguridad --- 0 9999 New USER password
29 237 5030 R/W OEM NEW_PASS_ASS Seguridad --- 0 9999 New MAINTENANCE password
30 238 5031 R/W OEM NEW_PASS_COS Seguridad --- 0 9999 New MANUFACTURER password
31 239 5032 R/W OEM TIME_MIN_ON_ON_COMP Compressor s 0 9999 Minimum time between start-ups of the same compressor
TIME_MIN_ON_ON_
32 240 5033 R/W OEM Compressor s 0 9999 Time between start-ups of different compressors
COMP_DIST
33 241 5034 R/W OEM TIME_MIN_ON_COMP Compressor s 0 9999 Minimum start-up time of a compressor
0: No compresor
34 242 5035 R/W OEM NUM_COMP_CIRC_AGUA Configuration --- Number of compressors (0, 1 compressor/1 circuit)
35 243 5036 R/W OEM TIME_INTEGRACION_PWA Fans s 0 999 Integral time for proportional + integral control (P+I)
36 244 5037 R/W SET_RENOVACION Regulation % 0 99 % of outdoor air for renewal
37 245 5038 R/W OEM SET_HOR_ON_EQUIPO Service h 0 32000 Operating hours limit of the unit
38 246 5039 R/W OEM SET_HOR_COMP1 Service h 0 32000 Operating hours limit of compressor 1 circuit 1
Operating hours limit of compressor 1 circuit 2 (units 2
39 247 5040 R/W OEM SET_HOR_COMP2 Service h 0 32000
circ.) or compressor 3 (units 4 circ.)
40 248 5041 R/W OEM TIME_INTEGRACION_HUM Fans s 0 999 Integral time for proportional + integral control (P+I)
Integer variables (...continued)
0: -------
CIATpool
1: 1 elec. heater
41 249 5042 R/W OEM NUM_RES Configuration --- 2: 2 elec. heater Number of electrical heater stages
3: 2 elec. heater (3st.)
4: proportional
TIME_INTEGRACION_
42 250 5043 R/W OEM Fans s 0 999 Integral time for proportional + integral control (P+I)
TEMP
0: R22
1: R134A
43 251 5044 R/W TIPO_REFRIGERANTE Configuration --- 2: R404A Type of refrigerant
3: R407C
4: R410A
44 252 5045 R N_ARR_COMP_REC_H Status --- 0 99 Number of starts of recovery compressor (high level)
45 253 5046 R N_ARR_COMP_REC_L Status --- 0 9999 Number of starts of recovery compressor (low level)
1: 1 probe RS485
46 254 5047 R/W TIPO_SOND_AMB Configuration --- 2: 2 probes RS485 Type of ambient probe
3: probe PLAN
47 255 5048 R MINUTO Status min 0 99 Clock setting: minute
48 256 5049 R HORA Status h 0 99 Clock setting: hour
49 257 5050 R DIA Status --- 0 99 Clock setting: day
50 258 5051 R MES Status --- 0 99 Clock setting: month
51 259 5052 R AGNO Status --- 0 99 Clock setting: year
52 260 5053 R DIA_SEMANA Status --- 0 9 Clock setting: weekday
53 261 5054 R N_HOR_COMP_AGUA Status --- 0 32767 Operating hours of water compressor
54 262 5055 R/W OEM TIPO_FREE_DESHUM Configuration --- 1: abs. hum + enthalpie Type of free-dehumidification
DESCONEXION_NUM_
55 263 5056 R/W Commands --- 0 1 Number of stages of compressors to disconnect
COMP_AGUA
DESCONEXION_NUM_
COMP_REC
57 265 5058 R/W OEM TIPO_RELOJ Configuration --- 0:No # 1:Yes # 2:pLAN Type of timer board (No, Physical, pLAN)
58 266 5059 R/W TIME_PANT Regulation s 0 999 Automatic OFF time for pGD1 console display lighting
0: panel COOLING/HEATING mode selection (panel, remote,
59 267 5060 R/W OEM SEL_FRIO_CALOR Configuration --- 1: remote
2: automatic automatic)
0: ----
1: 1 compr./ 1 circ. Number of compressors (0, 1 compressor, 2
60 268 5061 R/W OEM NUM_COMP_CIRC_AIRE Configuration --- 2: 2 compr./ 1 circ. compressors - 1 circuit, 2 compressors - 2 circuits, )
61 269 5062 R/W OEM TAR_CO2 Service ppm -9999 9999 Air quality probe set
62 270 5063 R N_HOR_ON_EQUIPO Status --- 0 32767 Operating hours of the unit
DESCONEXION_NUM_
COMP_AIRE_CALOR
64 272 5065 R/W OEM TIME_RET_ON_VINT Fans s 0 999 Indoor fan start delay with unit "ON"
65 273 5066 R/W OEM TIME_AL_VIRT Alarm s 0 9999 Delay of alarm for disconnection of pLAN sensor
66 274 5067 R NUM_AL Status --- 0 99 Number of active alarms
67 275 5068 R/W OEM SET_HOR_COMP_AGUA Service h 0 32000 Operating hours limit of water compressor
MIN_APERTURA_ON_ % opening of damper to enable recovery compressor
68 276 5069 R/W OEM Configuration % 0 99
REC to be ON
69 277 5070 R N_HOR_VALV_CALOR Status h 0 32767 Operating hours of the hot valve
70 278 5071 R N_HOR_FCOOL_FDESH Status h 0 32767 Operating hours of free-cooling or freeheating
0: ON-OFF
1: only setpoint change Start-up type for the time schedule (0-Schedule ON/
2: ON-OFF + limit setpoint OFF, 1-Schedule only setpoint change, 2-Schedule
71 279 5072 R/W TIPO_PROG_HORARIA RTC ---
3: Manual ON/OFF with limit setpoint, 3-Manual, 4-Schedule with
4: 3 setpoint + ON/OFF 3 setpoint + ON/OFF of the unit, 5-Forced))
5: Forced
72 280 5073 R N_HOR_REC_ROTATIVO Status h 0 32767 Operating hours of wheel recuperator
73 281 5074 R/W TIME_ARR_FORZADA RTC s 1 999 Minimum running time with forced start-up (h)
74 282 5075 R/W H_ARR_1A RTC h 0 23 Start-up hour slot 1 programme 1
75 283 5076 R/W M_ARR_1A RTC min 0 59 Start-up minute slot 1 programme 1
76 284 5077 R/W H_PAR_1A RTC h 0 23 Stop hour slot 1 programme 1
CIATpool
77 285 5078 R/W M_PAR_1A RTC min 0 59 Stop minute slot 1 programme 1
78 286 5079 R/W H_ARR_1B RTC h 0 23 Start-up hour slot 2 programme 1
79 287 5080 R/W M_ARR_1B RTC min 0 59 Start-up minute slot 2 programme 1
80 288 5081 R/W H_PAR_1B RTC h 0 23 Stop hour slot 2 programme 1
81 289 5082 R/W M_PAR_1B RTC min 0 59 Stop minute slot 2 programme 1
82 290 5083 R/W H_ARR_1C RTC h 0 23 Start-up hour slot 3 programme 1
83 291 5084 R/W M_ARR_1C RTC min 0 59 Start-up minute slot 3 programme 1
84 292 5085 R/W H_PAR_1C RTC h 0 23 Stop hour slot 3 programme 1
85 293 5086 R/W M_PAR_1C RTC min 0 59 Stop minute slot 3 programme 1
110 318 5111 R/W LUN_A RTC --- 0 3 Selection of the schedule programme for Monday
111 319 5112 R/W MAR_A RTC --- 0 3 Selection of the schedule programme for Tuesday
112 320 5113 R/W MIE_A RTC --- 0 3 Selection of the schedule programme for Wednesday
113 321 5114 R/W JUE_A RTC --- 0 3 Selection of the schedule programme for Thursday
114 322 5115 R/W VIE_A RTC --- 0 3 Selection of the schedule programme for Friday
115 323 5116 R/W SAB_A RTC --- 0 3 Selection of the schedule programme for Saturday
116 324 5117 R/W DOM_A RTC --- 0 3 Selection of the schedule programme for Sunday
0: None
117 325 5118 R/W OEM CONF_OUT09 Configurat. --- 1: Recov. compressor Type of element connected in digital outlput 09
2: Rotary recovery oper.
1: thermal
118 326 5119 R/W OEM TIPO_FREE_COOLING Configurat. --- Type of free-cooling: thermal or thermoenthalpic
2: thermoenthalpic
119 327 5120 R/W _NEW_HOUR RTC h 0 23 Clock setting: new hour
120 328 5121 R/W _NEW_MINUTE RTC min 0 59 Clock setting: new minutes
121 329 5122 R/W _NEW_DAY RTC --- 1 31 Clock setting: new day
122 330 5123 R/W _NEW_MONTH RTC --- 1 12 Clock setting: new month
CIATpool
123 331 5124 R/W _NEW_YEAR RTC --- 0 99 Clock setting: new year
Calculation of % air renewal depending on mixing
124 332 5125 R RENOVACION_CAL Status % 0 99
temperature
125 333 5126 R CAL_APER_RENOV_2 Status % 0 99 Calculation of % damper opening depending on renewal
126 334 5127 R SET_RENOVACION_CAL Status % 0 99 Calculation of outdoor air percentage allowed for renewal
0: None
R/W 1: Mixed air T
127 335 5128 TIPO_SONDA_RENOVACION Configurat. --- Type of sensor connected
OEM 2: Actual probe
3: pLAN probe
DESCONEXION_NUM_
COMPRESORES_AIRE_FRIO
DESCONEXION_NUM_ NUM_
129 337 5130 R/W Commands --- 0 Number of stages of electrical heaters to disconnect
RESISTENCIAS RES
130 338 5131 R NUM_ETAPAS_COMPRESOR Status --- 0 4 Number of compressor stages
131 339 5132 R/W MAX_APERTURA_COMPUERTA Regulation % 0 100 Maximum opening of the outdoor air damper
MAX_APERTURA_ Maximum opening of the outdoor air damper with free-
132 340 5133 R/W Regulation % 0 100
COMPUERTA_FREE cooling or freeheating
R/W
133 341 5134 MIN_APERTURA_VALV_CALOR Configurat. % 0 100 Delay time to stop of the H.W.C. pump
OEM
134 342 5135 R/W VAR_ENTERA_AUX_PVPRO_1 Special --- -32768 32767 Integer variable No.1 saved for the PVPRO
135 343 5136 R/W VAR_ENTERA_AUX_PVPRO_2 Special --- -32768 32767 Integer variable No.2 saved for the PVPRO
136 344 5137 R N_HOR_VENT Status h 0 32767 Operating hours of the indoor fan
137 345 5138 R N_HOR_RES1 Status h 0 32767 Operating hours of electrical heater No. 1
138 346 5139 R N_HOR_RES2 Status h 0 32767 Operating hours of electrical heater No. 2
139 347 5140 R N_ARR_V_INT_H Status --- 0 99 Number of starts of the indoor fan (high level)
140 348 5141 R N_ARR_V_INT_L Status --- 0 9999 Number of starts of the indoor fan (low level)
141 349 5142 R N_ARR_COMP1_H Status --- 0 99 Number of starts of compressor 1 circuit 1 (high level)
142 350 5143 R N_ARR_COMP1_L Status --- 0 9999 Number of starts of compressor 1 circuit 1 (low level)
143 351 5144 R N_ARR_COMP_AGUA_H Status --- 0 99 Number of starts of water compressor (high level)
144 352 5145 R N_ARR_COMP_AGUA_L Status --- 0 9999 Number of starts of water compressor (low level)
Number of starts of compressor 1 circuit 2 (units 2 circ.)
145 353 5146 R N_ARR_COMP2_H Status --- 0 99
(high level)
Number of starts of compressor 1 circuit 2 (units 2 circ.)
146 354 5147 R N_ARR_COMP2_L Status --- 0 9999
(low level)
149 357 5150 R N_ARR_RES1_H Status --- 0 99 Number of starts of electrical heater stage No.1 (high level)
150 358 5151 R N_ARR_RES1_L Status --- 0 9999 Number of starts of electrical heater stage No.1 (low level)
151 359 5152 R N_ARR_RES2_H Status --- 0 99 Number of starts of electrical heater stage No.2 (high level)
152 360 5153 R N_ARR_RES2_L Status --- 0 9999 Number of starts of electrical heater stage No.2 (low level)
165 373 5166 R/W MIN_APERTURA_COMPUERTA Regulation % 0 100 Minimum opening of the outdoor air damper
166 374 5167 R/W TIME_ON_AUTOSTART Regulation s 5 999 Automatic start-up time after blocking
167 375 5168 R Voltage_L1_L2_L_SPV Status V 0 9999 Voltage between lines 1 and 2
170 378 5171 R Voltage_1_L_SPV Status V 0 9999 Voltage line 1

Power_Factor_MSK_BMS_
173 381 5174 R Status --- 0 32 Power factor
GAVAZZI
174 382 5175 R Apparent_Energy_H_SPV Status kVArh 0 9999 Reactive energy (Integer part)
175 383 5176 R Apparent_Energy_L_SPV Status kVArh 0 9999 Reactive energy (Decimal part)
176 384 5177 R Energy_H_SPV Status KWh 0 9999 Energy (Integer part)
177 385 5178 R Energy_L_SPV Status KWh 0 9999 Energy (Decimal part)
CIATpool
178 386 5179 R CT_L_SPV Status --- 0 9999 Multiplier of the current transformer
0: 3p
1: 3P.n
179 387 5180 R System_Type Status --- 2: 2P Type of power supply
3: 1P
4: 3P.A
180 388 5181 R Hourmeter_H_SPV Status h 0 9999 Hours of electrical energy meter (High part)
181 389 5182 R Hourmeter_L_SPV Status h 0 9999 Hours of electrical energy meter (Low part)
0: air-air, Selection of the type of unit (0=air-air, 1=water-
182 390 5183 R/W OEM TIPO_EQUIPO Configuration ---
1: water-air air)
TIME_RET_OFF_
183 391 5184 R/W OEM Configuration s 0 999 Delay stopping the pump of the H.W.C.
BOMBA_BAC
TIME_INTEGRACION_ Integral time for proportional + integral control
184 392 5185 R/W OEM Fans s 0 999
IMP (P+I)
TIME_VINT_ON_
186 394 5187 R/W OEM Fans min 0 999 Anti-stratification: indoor fan ON time
ANTIESTRATIF
TIME_VINT_OFF_
187 395 5188 R/W OEM Fans min 0 999 Anti-stratification: indoor fan OFF time
ANTIESTRATIF
191 399 5192 R INFO_EQUIPO_1 Status --- 4: Dehumidificator Unit information:
0: ------------------
1: 1 Comp / 1 Circ
2: 2 Comp / 1 Circ
3: 2 Comp / 2 Circ
192 400 5193 R INFO_EQUIPO_2 Status --- Unit information: compressors-circuits
10: Rec. Comp.
11: 1 Comp / 1 Circ + Rec.
1: Electrical heater
2: Gas burner
3: Elec. heater + Gas burner
Unit information: electrical heaters, gas burner,
193 401 5194 R INFO_EQUIPO_3 Status --- 4: HWC
hot water coil
5: HWC+ Elec. heater
6: HWC+ burner
7: HWC.+ burner + Elec. heater
194 402 5195 R/W OEM TIME_CAL Service s 0 99 Damper opening calculation time
195 403 5196 R/W OEM V_CAL Service % 0 99 % damper opening in calculation time
1: centrifuge
2: axial / radial
196 404 5197 R/W OEM TIPO_VENT_INT Configuration Type of indoor fan
3: radial plug-fan
4: centrifuge + VFD
SET_CAUDAL_VINT_ x10 CAUDAL_VINT_ CAUDAL_VINT_ Flow setpoint in ventilation with the plug-fan
197 405 5198 R/W OEM Service
VENTILACION m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX indoor fan
CAUDAL_VINT_ x10
198 406 5199 R Status 0 9999 Flow rate measured with plug-fan indoor fan
MEDIDO_AJUSTE m3/h
199 407 5200 R actual_speed_msk Status rpm 0 9999 Speed measured with plug-fan indoor fan
SET_CAUDAL_VINT_ x10 CAUDAL_VINT_ CAUDAL_VINT_ Flow rate setpoint in cooling mode with plug-
FRIO m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX fan indoor fan
SET_CAUDAL_VINT_ x10 CAUDAL_VINT_ CAUDAL_VINT_ Flow rate setpoint in heating mode with plug-
CALOR m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX fan indoor fan
1: centrifuge
2: axial / radial
202 410 5203 R/W OEM TIPO_VENT_RET Configuration Type of return fan
3: radial plug-fan
4: centrifuge + VFD
SET_CAUDAL_VRET_ x10 CAUDAL_VRET_ CAUDAL_VRET_ Flow rate setpoint in ventilation mode with
VENTILACION m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX return plug-fan
CAUDAL_VRET_ x10
204 412 5205 R Status 0 9999 Flow rate measured with return plug-fan
MEDIDO_AJUSTE m3/h
actual_speed_msk_
205 413 5206 R Status rpm 0 9999 Speed measured with return plug-fan
FAN2
SET_CAUDAL_VRET_ x10 CAUDAL_VRET_ CAUDAL_VRET_ Flow rate setpoint in cooling mode with return
FRIO m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX plug-fan
SET_CAUDAL_VRET_ x10 CAUDAL_VRET_ CAUDAL_VRET_ Flow rate setpoint in heating mode with return
CALOR m3/h NOMINAL_MIN NOMINAL_MAX plug-fan
15. TECHNICAL AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

microPC board
CIATpool
ELECTRICAL FEATURES
230 Vac +10/-15% (by default)
Power supply (controller with terminal connected)
24 Vac +10/-15% 50/60 Hz and 28 to 36 Vdc +10/-20% (optional)
Maximum current with the connected terminal 25 VA (Vac)
with removable male/female connectors (250 Vac max.)
Terminal strip
connectors set with screws
Isolation between the power supply line and the control double
Data memory 13 kB at 8 bits (max. limit: 400,000 writes per memory location)
Working cycle with applications of average complexity 0.2 s
Analogue inputs
Analogue conversion A/D converter to 10-bit integrated in CPU
Maximum number 7 in SMALL boards and 12 in MEDIUM boards
Input type: B1, B2, B3, B4, B8 and B9 low temperature NTC: 10kΩ ± 0.1% to 25ºC; -50/90°C
high temperature NTC: 50kΩ to 25ºC; 0/150°C
input: 0/1 Vdc
Input type: B5 and B10 low temperature NTC: 10kΩ to 25ºC; -50/90°C
input: 0/1 Vdc and 4/20 mA
Input type: B6, B7, B11 and B12 low temperature NTC: 10kΩ to 25ºC; -50/90°C
input: 0/1 Vdc
radiometric pressure probe
Time constant for each input 0.5 s

Input precision ± 0.3% of the complete scale
Classification of the average circuits (IEC EN 61010-1) Category I
Digital inputs
No. of inputs on SMALL boards 7
No. of inputs on MEDIUM boards 10
Analogue outputs
Maximum number 3 in SMALL boards and 4 in MEDIUM boards
Type 0 to 10Vdc
Precision ± 3% of the complete scale or ± 5% of the complete scale (maximum load 5mA)
Resolution 8-bit
Maximum charge 2 kΩ (5 mA)
Digital outputs
Composition of groups SMALL board: Group 1 (1 to 6); Group 2 (7)
MEDIUM board: Group 1 (1 to 6); Group 2 (7); Group 3 (8 to 12)
Electrical contacts SMALL board (relays 1 to 7):
EN60730-1: NO 1(1)A 250Vac cos 
UL-873: NO 1 A resistive 24 Vac, 30 Vdc; 100,000 cycles
Test capacity: 24Vac; pulse 15A; continuous 1A 30,000 cycles
MEDIUM board (relays 1 to 12):

EN60730-1: NO 1(1)A 250Vac cos 
UL-873: NO 1 A resistive 24 Vac, 30 Vdc; 100,000 cycles
Test capacity: 24Vac; pulse 15A; continuous 1A 30,000 cycles
Note: relays of the same group with basic isolation must have the same power
supply (24 Vdc or 230 Vac).
Relays of the same group have basic isolation among themselves. The isolation
between the various groups is double.
CIATpool
microPC board
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Storage conditions -20T70 ºC; %RH 90 non-condensation
Operating conditions -10T60 ºC; %RH 90 non-condensation
Protection index IP00
Environmental pollution normal
Classification according to protection against electric shocks To be incorporated in class I and/or II appliances
PTI of the insulating materials 250V
Period of electric stress across the insulating parts Long
Type of relay action 1C
Type of disconnection or microswitching Micro-switch for all of the relay outlets
Category of resistance to heat and fire Category D (UL94 - V0)
Immunity from voltage surge Category 1
Ageing specifications (operating hours) 80.000
Number of automatic operating cycles 100,000 (EN 60730-1); 30,000 (UL 873)
Software class and structure Class A
Category of protection against discharges (IEC EN 61000-4-5) Category III
SMALL board: 175 x 113 x 55 mm (10 DIN modules)

Dimensions: Length x Height x Depth
MEDIUM board: 228 x 113 x 55 mm (13 DIN modules)
pGD1 Terminal
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE DISPLAY
Type FSTN graphic
Back-lighting Blue LED (controlled using software)
Resolution 132 x 64 pixel
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POWER SUPPLY
Power supply through the telephone cable or external source 18/30 Vdc
Voltage
protected by an external 250 mAT fuse
Maximum power input 1.2 W
CONNECTION WITH THE microPC BOARD
Type asynchronous half duplex, 2 dedicated wires
Connector for the terminal 6-way telephone plug
Driver CMR 7 V (type RS485) balanced differential
GENERAL FEATURES
Protection index IP65 for assembly in panel
IP40 for wall assembly
UL type 1
Operating conditions -20T60 ºC, 90% RH non-condensing
Storage conditions -20T70 ºC, 90% RH non-condensing
Software class and structure A
Classification according to protection against electric shocks To be incorporated in class I or II appliances
PTI of the insulating material 250V
Dimensions: Length x Height x Depth 156 x 82 x 31 mm
pCOe expansion module

GENERAL FEATURES
CIATpool
Storage conditions -40T70 ºC; %RH 90 non-condensing
Operating conditions -20T70 ºC; %RH 90 non-condensing
Protection index IP40 only on the front panel
Environmental pollution 2
Classification according to protection against electric shocks To be incorporated in class I and/or II appliances
Period of electric stress across the insulating parts Long
Type of relay action 1C
Type of disconnection or microswitching Micro-switch for all of the relay outlets
Category of resistance to heat and fire Category D
Immunity from voltage surge Category III
Ageing specifications (operating hours) 80.000
Number of automatic operating cycles 100,000 (EN 60730-1); 30,000 (UL 873)
Software class and structure Class A
Dimensions: Length x height x width 110 x 70 x 60 mm (4 DIN modules)
CONNECTION WITH μPC MEDIUM

Type Asynchronous half duplex, 2 dedicated wires
Connector Removable 3-way connector
Driver Balanced differential MCR 7V
With telephone cable:
- cable resistance /m: 600 metros
Maximum distance to μPC MEDIUM - cable resistance /m: 400 metros
With shielded cable AWG24
- cable resistance /m: 600 metros
ELECTRICAL FEATURES
Power supply 24 Vac +10/-15% 50/60 Hz and 48 Vdc (36 to 72 V); P = 6 W (9 VA)
Terminal strip with removable male/female connectors (250 Vac max.; 8 A max.)
CPU at 8 bits and 4.91 MHz
Operation delay 0.5s
Maximum transmission speed 19200 bps
Analogue inputs
Analogue conversion A/D converter to 10-bit integrated in CPU
Maximum number 4 (B1 to B4)
NTC Carel (-50/90°C; R/T 10kΩ ± 1% to 25°C)
Type (this can be selected via software) Voltage: 0/1 Vdc, 0/5 Vdc radiometric or 0/10 Vdc
current: 0/20 mA or 4/20 mA. Input resistance: 100kΩ
NTC input type precision ± 0.3 complete scale
Digital inputs
Number and type 4, contact voltage-free, 5 mA, inputs not optically isolated, internal power supply
Analogue outputs
Number and type 1 (Y1) optically isolated 0/10 Vdc
Precision ± 1%
Resolution 8-bit
Maximum charge 1 kΩ (10 mA)
Digital outputs
Number and type 4, relays with switched contacts (2000 VA, 250 Vac, 8 A resistive)
Characteristics (EN 60730-1) 2 A resistive, 2 A inductive, cos =0.4, 2(2)A (100.000 cycles)
CIATpool
pGD1 Terminal
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE DISPLAY
Type FSTN graphic
Back-lighting Blue LED (controlled using software)
Resolution 132 x 64 pixel
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POWER SUPPLY
Power supply through the telephone cable or external source 18/30 Vdc
Voltage
protected by an external 250 mAT fuse
Maximum power input 1.2 W
CONNECTION WITH THE microPC BOARD
Type asynchronous half duplex, 2 dedicated wires
Connector for the terminal 6-way telephone plug
Driver CMR 7 V (type RS485) balanced differential
GENERAL FEATURES
Protection index IP65 for assembly in panel
IP40 for wall assembly
UL type 1
Operating conditions -20T60 ºC, 90% RH non-condensing
Storage conditions -20T70 ºC, 90% RH non-condensing
Software class and structure A
Classification according to protection against electric shocks To be incorporated in class I or II appliances
PTI of the insulating material 250V
Dimensions: Length x Height x Depth 156 x 82 x 31 mm
15.1. Ambient probe
Assembly and setting instructions
This probe must be mounted on a wall or a panel at a height of 1.50 meters.
The connection must be done with cable 2 x 1.5 mm2 at a maximum distance of 30 meters.
interior view, lower housing interior view, upper housing
15.2. Air quality probe 4.. 20 mA
Assembly instructions
CIATpool
Setting and electric connections
This probe is configured by analogue output 4…20 mA and

digital output N.O. with IAQ setpoint of 60% (posible activation
of extraction system).
In the B10 analogue input of μPC medium control, it is posible to
connect the output X1 for controlling the CO2 (ppm) or the output
X2 for controlling the IAQ (%).
CIATpool
16. TROUBLESHOOTING
- The unit does not switch on (the power LED on the main board is the sensors.
switched off). Check: Using a voltmeter to measure the voltage between the Bn and
1. the presence of main power; GND terminals, an indication is obtained of the current probe
2. that the transformer output voltage is 24 Vac/Vdc; signal, considering that the input has an impedance of 100Ω,
by applying the formula I= V/R.
3. that the power supply connector at 24 Vac/Vdc is correctly inserted;
The pressure value “Ps” sent by the probe could be calculated
4. that the overload fuse is intact.
as follows (FS = full scale):
- When switching on, there are general problems with the LCD (strange
Ps = (Vmed/100 - 0.004) x (FSmax - FSmin) / 0.016 + Fsmin
characters, blank display). Check:
Example: the probe used has Fsmin = -0.5 bar, Fsmax = 7 bar;
1. that the software in the flash is correct;
the voltage read is equal to Vmed = 1.0 Vdc.
2. the pLAN address of the pCOc and on the terminal (check that
The pressure Ps that the probe is measuring is thus:
they comply with the requirements of the current application);
Ps = (1.0/100 - 0.004) x [7 - (-0.5)] / 0.016 + (-0.5) = 2.3 bar
3. the connection between the pGD1 terminal and the μPC MEDIUM
board. NTC probes:
- Erroneous readings of the input signals. Check: The probe signal is a resistive value which depends on the
temperature.
1. the correct power supply to the μPC MEDIUM board and probes;
The following table indicates some of the resistance values for
2. the separation between the power supply of the digital inputs and
different temperatures. By disconnecting the input probe and
that of the μPC MEDIUM board. A 24 Vac/24 Vac, 5 VA transformer
measuring the resistance with a multimeter, the table can be
can be used.
consulted for the corresponding temperature value.
3. that the cables from the probes are connected according to the
instructions; °C kΩ °C kΩ °C kΩ
-20 67,7 0 27,2 20 12,0
4. that the probe cables are located far enough away from possible
-15 53,3 5 22,0 25 10,0
sources of magnetic interference (power cables, contactors, high
-10 42,2 17 17,9 30 8,3
voltage cables or cables connected to units with high current
-5 33,8 15 14,6 35 6,9
peaks);
5. that there is not a high level of heat resistance between the probe
and the sensor cap (if present). If necessary, apply conductive - To check the setting of the probe inputs.
paste or oil into the caps to ensure good temperature transfer. Switch off the μPC MEDIUM board and perform the following
6. If there is a probe error or μPC MEDIUM board conversion error, measurements with a tester between the Bn and AVSS probe inputs:
the checks to be carried out would vary depending on the type of probe type voltage measured
probe: NTC 2.5 V
Active temperature/humidity probes with 0/1V signal: 4/20mA 0V

0/1V; 0/5V; 0/10V 0V
using a voltmeter, measure the probe signal between the Bn and
GND terminals and check that the voltage corresponds to the
- Unusual alarm signal from the digital input.
temperature/humidity value: 1 mVdc corresponds to 0.1% HR.
Check whether the alarm signal is present in the input, measure the
Example: reading 200 mVdc (0.2 Vdc), the probe sends a signal
voltage between the “IDC" common terminal and the digital input
which corresponds to 20%RH; applying the same logic, 0 mVdc
terminal which indicates the alarm “IDn”:
corresponds to 0ºC/0% RH;
• if voltage is present (24 Vac or Vdc, depending on the power
Pressure probes:
supply used for the digital inputs), the contact of the connected
if there are errors when reading these probes, check that: alarm device is closed;
• the analogue inputs of these sensors are set to receive 4/20 • if the voltage is near 10 Vac or 10 Vdc (see above) the contact
mA signals; is open.
• check that the probe capillary is not blocked. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the control generates an alarm
• the full scale set by the software corresponds to that used by when detecting open contacts.
BROCHURE
NA 12.78 F 06 - 2017
Junior BCP
Installation
Operation
Commissioning
Maintenance
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Contents
1. Introduction ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................3
2. Operation limits....................................................................................................................................................................................................3
3. Operating mode ...................................................................................................................................................................................................3
4. Technical characteristics......................................................................................................................................................................................4
Characteristics of the independent return module (optional) ............................................................................................................................4
5. Unit identification .................................................................................................................................................................................................5
6. Safety advice .......................................................................................................................................................................................................5
7. Transport .............................................................................................................................................................................................................5
8. Location and assembling .....................................................................................................................................................................................6
Location designation .........................................................................................................................................................................................6
Sound levels dB(A) ...........................................................................................................................................................................................6
Anchorage for antivibrators ...............................................................................................................................................................................6
Minimum free space for commissioning and maintenance operations................................................................................................................7
9. Checking before commissioning .........................................................................................................................................................................8
Electrical Connections.......................................................................................................................................................................................8
Air ducts connections ........................................................................................................................................................................................8
Checks at fans ..................................................................................................................................................................................................9
Condensate drain connection ...........................................................................................................................................................................9
Hydraulic connections .....................................................................................................................................................................................10
10. Safety elements ...............................................................................................................................................................................................11
High pressure pressostat ................................................................................................................................................................................11
Low pressure pressostat .................................................................................................................................................................................11
Differential pressostat for clogged filters (optional) .........................................................................................................................................11
Anti-short-cycle compressor timer. ..................................................................................................................................................................11
Automatic switch in the control circuit. ............................................................................................................................................................11
Magnetothermals for line protection ................................................................................................................................................................11
Main door switch. ............................................................................................................................................................................................11
Fan and compressor safeties ..........................................................................................................................................................................11
Safety thermostat. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................11
Water temperature limit thermostat .................................................................................................................................................................11
11. Options ............................................................................................................................................................................................................12
Hot water auxiliary coil ....................................................................................................................................................................................12
Electrical heater ..............................................................................................................................................................................................12
Mixing boxes for enthalpic free-cooling ...........................................................................................................................................................12
12. Remote condensation .....................................................................................................................................................................................13
Air-cooled unit transport ..................................................................................................................................................................................13
Unit identification .............................................................................................................................................................................................13
Positioning and assembly of the unit ..............................................................................................................................................................13
Air-cooled unit .................................................................................................................................................................................................13
Checks performed before commissioning the air-cooled unit .........................................................................................................................15
Characteristics ................................................................................................................................................................................................18
13. Commissioning ................................................................................................................................................................................................19
14. Distribution of components ..............................................................................................................................................................................20
15. Maintenance ....................................................................................................................................................................................................21
16. Control and analysis of breakdowns................................................................................................................................................................25
2 HEAT PUMPS - AIR CONDITIONING - REFRIGERATION - AIR HANDLING - HEAT EXCHANGE - NA 12.78 F
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Dehumidification capacity: 3,9 to 15,2 kg/h
1. INTRODUCTION 3. OPERATING MODE

The Junior BCP Series are dehumidification units, using a cooling In these units, the circuit condenses over an air coil positioned at the
circuit with total condensation heat recovery, specially designed for outlet for the air originating from the evaporator, heating its cold and
conventional covered swimming pools and other dehumidification dry outlet air before discharging it to the optional auxiliary coil.
applications.
In models 70 to 90, and optionally in models 40 to 60, in parallel to the
These units have been designed for assembly inside the premises. coil, a plate exchanger made of stainless steel SMO 254 alloyed with
After manufacturing, all units are charged with refrigerant and are tested chrome and molybdenum is fitted. It has high resistance to corrosion in
at the factory, verifying the correct operation of all their components. the presence of chlorides, which recovers part of the energy consumed
In this brochure are described the actions and safety norms for a during the evaporation process.
correct unit handling.
Evaporating Condensing Water
Outlet fan
2. OPERATION LIMITS
Air inlet dry temperature
Maximum: 35ºC (65% RH - 29ºC WB)

Input Output
Minimum: 18ºC (90% RH - 17ºC WB)
Plate
Water inlet temperature to the condenser exchanger
Maximum: 35ºC
C1
Minimum: 20ºC
HEAT PUMPS - AIR CONDITIONING - REFRIGERATION - AIR HANDLING - HEAT EXCHANGE - NA 12.78 F 3
swimming pools
Junior BCP
4. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Junior BCP 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dehumidification capacity  (kg/h) 3,9 5,1 7,1 8,7 10,7 12,6 14,3 15,2
Heating capacity (kW) 7,2 9,4 13 16 19,8 11,3 12,8 13,9
Cooling capacity  (kW) 5,6 7,3 10,2 12,6 15,5 18,2 20,7 22
Power input (kW) 2 2,5 3,4 4 4,9 6 6,7 7,3
Air
circuit
Maximum air flow (m3/h) 1.440 1.800 2.520 3.120 3.840 4.440 5.160 5.520
Output (kW) 0,4 0,4 0,6 0,6 0,6 1,3 1,3 1,3
Availability No Optional Standard
Heating capacity  (kW) -- -- 6,6 8,2 10,1 11,8 13,5 14,3
Water
Nominal water flow (m3/h) -- -- 1,2 1,4 1,8 2,1 2,4 2,7
condenser
Pressure drop (m.w.c) -- -- 1 1,3 1,9 1,1 1,4 1,7
Hydraulic connections -- -- 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Availability Optional
Heating capacity  (kW) 15,4 16,5 18,5 21 23,6 35 39,7 41,1
Hot water
auxiliary coil Nominal water flow (m3/h) 0,8 0,9 1 1,1 1,2 1,8 2,1 2,1
(optional)
Pressure drop (m.w.c) 1,7 2,4 0,6 0,7 0,9 1,6 1,9 2
Hydraulic connections 3/4” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
Type Scroll
Compressor Number / number of circuits 1/1
Volume of oil (l) 1 1 1,1 1,4 1,7 1,7 1,7 3,3
Electric power 230 V / I ph / 50 Hz 2 Wires + Ground --

supply 400 V / III ph / 50 Hz -- 3 Wires + Ground + Neutral
Maximum 230 V / I ph / 50 Hz (±10%) (A) 17,1 21,6 30,8 -- -- -- -- --

absorbed current 400 V / III ph / 50 Hz (±10%) (A) -- -- 15,8 17,8 20,8 17,4 20,4 20,4
Type R-407C
Global warming potential (GWP)  1.774
Refrigerant
Charge (kg) 2,3 2,2 2,8 3,4 3 4,8 4,9 5,7
Environment impact (tCO2eq) 4,0 3,8 4,9 5,9 5,2 8,4 8,5 9,9
Length (mm) 1.430 1.430 1.530 1.530 1.530 1.082 1.082 1.082
Height (mm) 636 636 700 700 700 2.143 2.143 2.143
Weight (kg) 168 172 208 212 222 300 302 329
Condensate outlet Ø 3/4” adaptor
Characteristics of the independent return module (optional)
Junior BCP 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Return fan
(optional)
Fan capacity(kW) 0,1 0,1 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7
Length (mm) 1.417 1.417 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500
Height (mm) 636 636 700 700 700 700 700 700
Weight (kg) 90 90 139 139 139 139 140 140
 Cooling dehumidification capacity of the unit. When selecting the unit it is recommendable to take into account the dehumidification provided by outdoor
ventilation air (UNE 100011).
 Cooling capacity for air inlet temperature conditions of 28ºC and 65% RH
 Heating capacity for recovery circuit water 28 / 33ºC. Recovery of 50% of the condensation capacity.
 Boiler water for the hot water auxiliary coil 82 / 65ºC and air inlet at 20ºC.
 Climatic warming potential of a kilogram of fluorinated greenhouse gas in relation to a kilogram of carbon dioxide over a period of 100 years.
swimming pools
5. UNIT IDENTIFICATION
Junior BCP
All units bear, legibly and indelibly, a data plate located in a prime Note: The serial number must be used in all communication
space, with the following data: regarding the unit.
Ref. Produit\Item Nbr Designation\Description

Nº ordre commande Modèle
An.Year No Serie\Serial Nbr \ No Produit
Nº ordre fabrication
Refrigerant kW Absorbee\Input kW Poids\Weight
Type de réfrigérant Poids en fonctionnement
Refrigerant kg Tension\Voltage Temper ature Maxi C
Tension du réseau
BP Mini PSM\MOP Intensité\Current A IP
Basse pression
HP Maxi PSM\MOP Int.. Kit Elect. No CE
Haute pression Intensité kit electrique
30, av JeanFalconnier
01350 CULOZ
Tel : 33(0)4 79 42 42 42
Made in Spain
6. SAFETY ADVICE
To avoid any risk of accident during installation, commissioning or Caution: Before intervening in the unit, verify that the main
maintenance, it is obligatory to take into consideration the following power to the unit is cut off. An electric shock can cause
specifications for the units: refrigerated circuits under pressure, V-220004
personal damage.
refrigerant presence, voltage presence and implantation. Because
of all of this, only qualified and experienced personnel can perform Refrigerant leaks:
maintenance tasks or unit repairs. A periodical check must be performed for refrigerant gas leaks as per
Regulation (CE) Nº842/2006 over certain greenhouse effect fluoride
It is required to follow the recommendations and instructions gases.
in the maintenance brochures, the labels, and the specific
Refrigerant leaks can cause:
instructions. It is necessary to comply with the norms and
- Displacement of available oxygen, its inhalation can cause
regulations in effect.
arrhythmias (work must be undertaken in well-ventilated areas).
The compressor and line surfaces can reach temperatures
- Eye irritations can result from contact as well as burns (suitable
above 100ºC causing burns to the body. In the same fashion,
safety goggles must be worn).
under certain conditions these surfaces can reach very cold
temperatures that can cause freezing risks. These units work with refrigerant gas
Use safety gloves and gloves whilst working. Be careful with Components of the R-410A R-32 R-125 R-134A
sharp parts or elements in the unit.
V-220005
Chemical formula CH2F2 CHF2CF3 CH2FCF3
Note: In order to recycle these units follow the stipulations Weight ratio 23% 25% 52%
of Directives (EC) No. 96/2002 and No. 108/2003 regarding Unitary global warming potential (GWP) 675 3.500 1.430
electrical and electronic equipment and the management of
Global warming potential (GWP) 1.774
the resulting waste.
7. TRANSPORT
The unit must be handled with care to avoid transport damage. Thus - Do not dispose of the pallet nor the packaging materials until the
we recommend: machine is in its final location.
- For large dimension units, appropriate transports should be used for - Transport the units using the forklift truck or slings however only by
this purpose. the hoisting points on the unit.
- For transport in a container, one must be selected that is easy to The slings must be separated using a strut to avoid deteriorating the
load and unload. bodywork.
swimming pools
Junior BCP
8. LOCATION AND ASSEMBLING
Location designation Junior BCP 20 30 40M 40 50 60 70 80 90
Before moving the unit, ensure that all panels are fastened in place. Standard unit dB(A) 45,4 46,1 50,7 50,2 51,4 56,3 52,9 54,0 56,6
Lift and lower with care.

Note: The sound pressure level depends on the installation conditions
When choosing the location, in any way the selected fashion, the and, as such, is only indicated as a guide.
following precautions have to be taken into consideration:
- It is mandatory to comply with norm EN 378-3 on Safety and
Environmental Requirements. Part 3: "In situ" installation and
protection to people.
Anchorage for antivibrators
- It is necessary to check that the structure supports the unit weight
Junior BCP - 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60
(please see weights in the characteristics sheet).
18mm
- The area where the unit will be located must be perfectly accessible
for cleaning and maintenance operations (check minimum free space
for maintenance).
B
- Foresee appropriate bumping devices in all the installation so that
noise and vibration transmission is avoided.
- All models can be installed on the floor or on a brick frame or steel
A
profile. In any case, check that the unit is perfectly level.
- Avoid placing obstacles in the air outlet or return.
- Ensure that the location of the outlet and return grilles does not Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 18mm
generate air recirculation.
- The return fan module with free-cooling 3 dampers (optional) is a
box separate from the unit. The engineer must plan a duct for joining
the unit with this module. B
- These units have been studied for silent operation. Nevertheless,

the installation location must be taken into account and if the noise
emitted by the unit is greater than that estimated for the installation
plan the following: A
• a possible acoustic study,

Junior BCP Series A (mm) B (mm)
• suitable acoustic treatment if required,
20 / 30 1266 890
• the necessary implementation precautions.
40 / 50 / 60 1456 1030
Note: consult the acoustic information provided in the technical
70 / 80 / 90 1797 1366
brochure.
Return fan module (optional)

Sound levels dB(A) 18mm
Sound power level

Sound power level in the discharge fan outlet and in the return (optional)
B
fan aspiration to be taken into account for the silencer calculation:
Junior BCP 20 30 40M 40 50 60 70 80 90
Supply fan dB(A) 63,0 64,0 71,0 71,0 72,0 77,5 72,0 73,5 74,2
Return fan A
70,0 71,0 66,6 66,6 67,3 73,7 77,0 67,8 68,2
(optional) dB(A)
Junior BCP Series A (mm) B (mm)
Sound pressure level 20 / 30 1378 528
40 / 50 / 60 1470 708
Measurement conditions: in free field, measured at a distance of 5
70 / 80 / 90 1470 708
metres, directivity 2 and at 1,5 metres from the ground.
swimming pools
Minimum free space for commissioning and maintenance operations
Junior BCP
General considerations:
- The unit has dimensions adapted for fitting doors with a width of > 680mm (removable supports in models 40, 50 and 60).
- Removable access panels. Door with hinges to access the electric panel.
- All the doors and panels have rubber gasket closures to ensure tightness.
Junior BCP - 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60 Horizontal outlet Junior BCP - 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60 Vertical outlet
A A
500mm 500mm
500mm
A A
Junior BCP 20 / 30  A = 675 mm Junior BCP 20 / 30  A = 675 mm

Junior BCP 40 / 50 / 60  A = 750 mm Junior BCP 40 / 50 / 60  A = 750 mm
Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 (M00, M01) Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 (M10, M11) Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 (M02, M12)
500mm
600mm
1100mm
1100mm
1100mm
Junior BCP - Return fan module (M0, M1)
500mm
500mm
750mm
swimming pools
Junior BCP
9. CHECKING BEFORE COMMISSIONING
Electrical Connections
Installation norms GESCLIMA PRO electronic control (optional)

To have electrical power to the unit: wire intake, conductor section and CIATpool control is basically composed of a μPC MEDIUM control
their calculations, protections, etc..., ask the information provided in this board, a pGD1 graphical terminal, a TCO user terminal (optional)
document (refer to technical characteristic table), the electrical scheme and sensors.
included with the unit and norms in effect that regulate the installation The electronic control GESCLIMA PRO is supplied separte from the
of air conditioning units and electrical receivers. Verify that electrical BCP unit in a watertight box (remote control panel).
power corresponds to the one on the data plate and that the voltage
CIATpool electronic control is required for the free-cooling control
remains constant.
(optional) because electromechanical control cannot manage the
Check that the electrical connections are correct and tight dampers.
(an electrical diagram is included with each unit, along with Please refer to the brochure of the CAITpool control to obtain more
its legend). detailed information about its operation.
To prevent electrical shocks, make all electrical connections

before energizing the unit. Check that the automatic switch
Electrical heater (optional)
V-220004
is closed. Omitting this can cause personal damage. Make

the ground connection before any other electrical connection. The electrical heaters acquired with the unit will be incorporated to it
modifying the electric panel in the factory to ensure that it is compatible
Note: All connections on the site are the responsibility
with the control in the unit.
of the engineer.
The electrical heaters requested for units already shipped will be sent
It is necessary that the installation wiring complies with the in a kit, and the installer will need to assemble the necessary elements
effective legislation. The installer must fix line protection for the operation of the unit to assemble and for the compliance with the
V-220005 elements according to the effective legislation. legal regulations that are applied to the modified unit in terms of safety.
Control
Air ducts connections
The Junior BCP units include an electromechanical control module for
relative humidity: humidity probe and digital controller for one stage The air outlet and return ducts must be calculated in accordance with
which acts on the compressor operation. the nominal flow and the unit's available pressure (refer to the technical
characteristics table). The duct calculation and design must be made
by qualified technical personnel.
It is advisable to take into consideration the following recommendations:
- Curves in the fan discharge outlet must be avoided. It is
recommendable to have a straight section of duct measuring
approximately 1 metre. If it is not possible, they must be as smooth
as possible, using indoor deflectors when the duct is of large
When the unit is fitted with the hot water or electric auxiliary coil, both
dimensions.
optional, they include an electromechanical module for temperature
control: temperature probe and digital controller which acts on the - When making the ducts, direction sharp changes must be avoided
support element. since they can generate occasional pressure drops, which affect
the available pressure and the flow. The location of discharge
Thermostat and aspiration grilles must be studied carefully to avoid the air
recirculation and the transmission and generation of noises to the
interior.
- Flexible connections must be made between the ducts and the unit
Humidistat that avoid the noise and vibration transmission.
Note: in models BCP 70 to 90 with assemblies M00, M01 and M02, - No matter the type of ducts type to use, they must not be composed
the electric panel is supplied in a watertight box for remote installation of materials that propagate fire nor expel toxic gases in the event of a
(remote control panel). fire. The internal surfaces must be smooth and should not pollute the
air that circulates within them. In any case, the effective legislation
Please refer to the brochure of the JuniorBCP E electromechanical
about this issue must be respected.
control to obtain more detailed information about its operation.
swimming pools
Checks at fans Pan in underpressure:
Junior BCP
• Besides the previous application, water must be sucked from the
- Before commissioning, check the blade rotation direction and that
pan.
the axis turns without strokes nor vibrations
• For the correct siphon design, the "A" height must be at least twice
that of the underpressure (mm.a.c) where the condensates pan
is placed.
• The drain tubing must be slightly sloped to ease circulation towards
the drain.
• To control the drain it is advised to insert a funnel in the tubing to
the drain.
Note: The original diameter of the tube must be respected. No
reduction can be made.
Condensates pan
in depression
Slight slope
A
5/1000
To drainage
- Once running, check the operation conditions: pressures, flows and

consumptions.
A
- The coupling of characteristic curves of the fan and the room is
very important, so that the flows and pressures provided to the duct
network are as required.
In order to control the fan rotation Siphon drain
speed the Junior BCP units

(models 20 to 60) have a manual Note: Check the connection air tightness.
potentiometer for adjusting the
voltage. This potentiometer enables
adjusting the available pressure
of the unit in accordance with the Hydraulic connections
installation losses.
Pressure drops in the water condenser
Potentiometer (in
The water condenser made of special steel SMO-254 with copper
the electric panel)
welding is standard in models 70 to 90 and optional for models 40 to 60.
The design of the hydraulic circuit must observe the operating conditions
(flows - pressure drops).
2
Condensate drain connection
Pressure drop (m.w.c.)
0
-40
0/9
0
P-6
-50 BCP
0/8
All models have a condensates drain pan in stainless steel tilted towards
BC
P-7
the drain to ensure that no water is trapped

BC
CONNECT SIPHON
P
inside it thus preventing health problems. Pan METTRE SIPHON

BC
PONER SIFON
drain joint, M3/4" in bronze. V220014
Siphon installation norms 1

0,9
- Check that the condensates outlet is not clogged.
0,8
- All water drain tubes must be provided with a siphon to avoid bad
smell and water spills. 0,7
Perform the assembly as per the scheme of the attached starting 0,6
diagram:
0,5
Pan in overpressure: It is installed to avoid the access through the 0,5 1 2 3
Flow (m /h)
3
drain tubing of bad smells.
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Installation hydraulic diagram: Corrosion behaviour
When setting up the hydraulic circuit it is advisable to follow the The plates exchangers of Junior BCP units (standard in models 70 to
recommendations below: 90 and optional in models 40 to 60) are made up of SMO-254 stainless
- The direction of water circulation must be observed as indicated on steel, and the material used for the plates welding is pure copper.
the unit. The attached table indicates the behaviour to corrosion for stainless
steel SMO-254 with respect to different compositions of water. Values
outside these ranges may suppose corrosion problems.
Water Concentration Time limits

SMO-254
content (mg/l or ppm) (analyze before)
< 70 +
Alkalinity
70 - 300 Within 24h +
(HCO3-)
- The diameters of hidraulic connections can be consulted in the > 300 +
technical characteristics table (page 4). < 70 +
Sulphate  70 - 300 No limit +
- Pipes must be measured with the smaller number of curves to (SO42-)
> 300 +
diminish pressure drops and must be adequately fitted to avoid force
> 1.0 +
excessively the exchanger connections. HCO3- / SO42- No limit
< 1.0 +
- Carry out a preliminar control to check that there are not pressure < 10 S/cm +
Electrical
drops in the installation, before insulating pipes and load the system. 10-500 S/cm No limit +
conductivity
> 500 S/cm +
- Avoid the possible transmission of vibrations or efforts of the pipes
< 6.0 0
to the water exchanger.
6.0 - 7.5 +
pH  Within 24h
- Flexible couplings are recommended for connecting pipework to the 7.5 - 9.0 +
unit , in order to avoid possible transmission of vibrations, breakages > 9.0 +
and efforts in the unit or in the pipes. These couplings are compulsory <2 +
Ammonium
when the unit is mounted on a frame or on antivibratory supports. 2 - 20 Within 24h +
(NH4+)
> 20 +
- Provide the accessories necessary on each hydraulic circuit
< 100 +
(expansion vessel, air vents, safety valves, shut-off valves next to
Chlorides 100 - 200 +
components which need maintenance, etc.). No limit
(Cl-) 200 - 300 +
- Install, or at least anticipate the temporary introduction, > 300 +
thermomanometers at the inlet and outlet of the unit, to carry out <1 +
Free chlorine
the installation supervision. 1-5 Within 5 horas 0
(Cl2)
>5 -
- A water mesh filter is compulsory to be placed at the inlet of pool
Hydrogen sulfide < 0.05 +
pump (for particles of Ø > 1 mm), in order to avoid the soiling No limit
(H2S) > 0.05 +
of the unit hydraulic circuit. A good maintenance of this filter will <5 +
Free (aggressive)
avoid corrosion problems in the exchanger, and it will improve the carbon dioxide 5 - 20 No limit +
heat efficiency of the unit. Not fulfill this recommendation could make (CO2) > 20 +
useless the plates exchanger of the unit. Total hardness (ºdH) 4.0 - 8.5 No limit +
Nitrate  < 100 +
No limit
(NO3-) > 100 +
< 0.2 +
Iron (Fe) No limit
Important recommendations: > 0.2 +
- If the pool water is introduced directly into the unit water condenser, < 0.2 +
Aluminium (Al) No limit
> 0.2 +
the addition of chlorine should never be carried out before the inlet
< 0.1 +
to this condenser. Manganese (Mn) No limit
> 0.1 +
- These exchangers should never be used in swimming pools with
electrolysis efficiency treatment. In these cases it is necessary to  Sulfates and nitrates works as inhibitors for piping corrosion caused by
chlorides in pH neutral environments.
install intermediate titanium exchanger, otherwise serious corrosion  In general, low pH (below 6) increases corrosion risk and high pH (above
problems may occur. 7.5) decreases the corrosion risk.
 Fe3+ and Mn4+ are strong oxidants and may increase the risk for localised
- In the case of a longer standstill, leave the exchanger full of water corrosion on stalinless steels.
pool without flowing or empty may cause corrosion problems. During SiO2 above 150 ppm increase the rink of scaling.
periods of inactivity it is mandatory to fill up the hydraulic circuit of
Legend:
the exchanger completely with demineralised water. To isolate the + Good resistance under normal conditions.
hydraulic circuit of the rest of the installation, the installer must have 0 Corrosion problems may ocurr specially when more factors are value 0.
shut-off valves at the input and output, and a drain for emptying. - Use is not recommended.
swimming pools
10. SAFETY ELEMENTS
Junior BCP
High pressure pressostat Magnetothermals for line protection
Connected to the compressor discharge, it will They are located at the beginning of the power lines of the compressor
stop its operation when the pressure at that point and motorised fans to protect them.
reaches the setpoint. It disconnects at 29 bar and
it is automatically reactivated.
Main door switch

By using a mechanical device, it impedes access to the electric panel
when the unit is with voltage.
Low pressure pressostat
When connected to the compressor aspiration, it
will stop its operation when the pressure at that
point goes down below the tare value (caused
by obstructions in the circuit, excessive dirt in the filters, fan stop or
ice formation in the evaporator). It disconnects at 0.5 bar and it is
automatically reactivated.
Fan and compressor safeties
Both the fans and the compressor have a thermal protection for the
motor. Its mission is to protect the motor against an excessive heating
caused by a surge.
Differential pressostat for clogged filters

(optional)
Safety thermostat
This differential air pressostat connected to the electronic control emits
This thermostat prevents
an alarm signal. This signal indicates that the filters have to undergo a
the operation of the unit if
service. Automatic reactivation.
the return air temperature
is lower than the set
temperature. Factory value:
24ºC.
Anti-short-cycle compressor timer
The compressor does not receive the start command until the
established delay elapses as anti-short-cycle from its last shutdown.
Water temperature limit thermostat

In models with water condenser the temperature of the water which
circulates around the exchanger must be checked to ensure that the
water does not circulate at a high temperature which does not guarantee
Automatic switch in the control circuit correct condensation.
Magnetothermal switch that protects the operation circuit against This thermostat must be supplied, installed and controlled by the client
continuous surges as well as against high currents of short duration which must act on the solenoid valve which closes the flow of refrigerant
(short circuits). to the exchanger.
swimming pools
Junior BCP
11. OPTIONS
Hot water auxiliary coil Electrical heater
- Characteristics: - Characteristics:
• Hot water coils with three-way valves managed by the electronic • Assembly in a frame in the fan discharge.
control of the unit. • Auxiliary electrical heaters in 1 or 2 stages with built-in control.
• Assembly inside the unit. • The electrical heater is not compatible with the water coil.
• Polyurethane or copper-copper coating.
- Operation:
• The main technical characteristics of the coils and the diameters of
• With electromechanical control (standard): the operation of the
the hydraulic connections can be referred to in the table on page 4.
temperature thermostat is separate from the humidistat operation.
- Operation: The stage(s) will act when there is a demand for heat.
• With electromechanical control (standard): The operation of the • CIATpool electronic control (optional): the operating mode is
temperature thermostat is separate from the humidistat operation. identical to the water auxiliary coil.
This will act when there is heat demand.
• CIATpool electronic control (optional): It’s used as support in
heating mode to raise the ambient temperature.
Note: Please refer to the CIATpool control brochure to obtain more
detailed information about the hor water coil operation.
- Coil filling: Mixing boxes for enthalpic free-cooling

• The coil filling must be made with the purger open until water runs - Characteristics:
through it, which is when it is time to close it.
• Mixing boxes for free-cooling, with 3 motorised dampers, top intakes
• Cut off the water supply and let the bubbles generated go up to the and centrifugal return fan.
highest coil point, which is the same as the purger, and eliminate
• Supplied as an independent module it is connected using a duct
by opening the purger.
to the Junior BCP unit.
• Pour more water into the circuit and repeat the previous steps.
• CIATpool electronic control is required for the free-cooling control
• Activate the water pump (to be foreseen by the installer) and because electromechanical control cannot manage the dampers.
repeat the previous steps until no air noises are heard in the ducts,
Note: Please refer to the CIATpool control brochure to obtain more
which is when the filling of the installation will have been finished
detailed information about the free-cooling operation.
successfully.
- Possible water freezing must be avoided: glycolling water or by using
anti-freeze thermostat that triggers the 3-way valve.
Note: this thermostat is mandatory in cases in which it uses free-
cooling and works outside at negative temperatures.
- The direction of the water flow must be correct and so the following
indications must be observed:
HOT WATER COIL HOT WATER COIL

BATTERIE D’APPOINT BATTERIE D’APPOINT
BATERÍA DE APOYO BATERÍA DE APOYO
swimming pools
12. REMOTE CONDENSATION
Junior BCP
Depending on comfort requirements, this option enables a selection Unit identification
whereby condensation is carried out inside the installation or outside,
replacing the plate exchanger with a remote air-cooled condenser. All unit bear, legibly and indelibly, a data plate located in a prime space,
with the following data:
The change of condenser is done using a manual switching device.
With CIATpool electronic control (optional) this change is automatic
IMPORTANT: The serial number must be used in all
according to the ambient temperature.
communication regarding the unit.
The air-cooled unit, essentially comprised of a fan(s) and coil can be
selected with a centrifugal fan as from series ASN and ASM or with an
axial fan as from series ASJ and ASW. Ref. Produit\Item Nbr Designation\Description
Nº ordre commande Modèle
Note: These air-cooled units must include the option of condensation An.Year No Serie\Serial Nbr \ No Produit
Nº ordre fabrication
pressure control. Refrigerant kW Absorbee\Input kW Poids\Weight
Type de réfrigérant Poids en fonctionnement
Refrigerant kg Tension\Voltage Temper ature Maxi C
Tension du réseau
Evaporating Condensing Water BP Mini PSM\MOP Intensité\Current A IP
coil coil auxiliary coil Basse pression
HP Maxi PSM\MOP Int.. Kit Elect. No CE
Outlet fan Haute pression Intensité kit electrique
30, av JeanFalconnier
01350 CULOZ
Tel : 33(0)4 79 42 42 42
Made in Spain
Input Output
C1
Positioning and assembly of the

air-cooled unit
Remote condenser
Location designation
Before moving the unit, make sure that all panels are fastened in place.
Lift and lower with care.
When choosing the location, in any way the selected fashion, the
Air-cooled unit transport
following precautions have to be taken into consideration:
The unit must be handled with care to avoid transport damage. Thus - It is mandatory to comply with norm EN 378-3 on Safety and
we recommend: Environmental Requirements. Part 3: "In situ" installation and
- For large dimension units, appropriate transports should be used to protection to people.
reach the installation location. - It is necessary to check that the structure supports the unit's weigh
- For transport in a container, one must be selected that has an easy (please see weighs in technical characteristics sheet).
load and unload to the installation location. - The area where the unit will be located must be perfectly accessible
- Do not dispose of the pallet nor the packaging materials until the for cleaning and maintenance operations. Leave enough space so
machine is in its final location. that air can circulate around the unit (please check minimum free
- Transport the units using a forklift truck (all series). space for maintenance).
Moreover, in the case of the ASJ and ASW series the units can also - Foresee appropriate bumping devices in all the installation so that
be transported using slings however only by the hoisting points on the noise and vibration transmission is avoided.
unit. The slings must be separated using a strut to avoid deteriorating - For each one of the units, certain installation norms must be followed
the bodywork. as well:
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Air-cooled units designed for installation indoors Air-cooled units designed for installation outdoors
(ASM and ASN) (ASW and ASJ)
All models can be installed on the floor or on a brick frame or steel - The unit will be placed outside the premises, on a terrace or
profile. To prevent the transmission of vibrations it is recommended garden.
to mount antivibration supports. If it is foreseen that the unit works more on heating than on cooling,
• They can also be fixed to the ceiling using a threaded rod: it is preferable to direct it towards the sun.
- Insert 4 threaded M8 rods in the If little work on heating is foreseen, choose North direction.
framework. DETAIL
- All models can be installed on the floor or on a brick frame or steel
- Insert the rods through the profile.
holes the unit has in its base.
To prevent the transmission of vibrations it is recommended to
- Place the antivibration mounts, Threaded rod mount antivibration supports.
insert a washer and turn the nuts
- Another aspect to be taken into account in the location of the unit will
until the unit is well secured.
be the average height of snow in the region.
- If there is enough space Spar
between the framework and Buffer - Avoid placing obstacles in the air outlet or return. No obstacle may
Washer impede the air aspiration into the coil.
the unit, a rubber or neoprene Hexagon nut
plate can be squeezed in. Do not place the coil side in the predominant wind direction.
In any case, check that the unit is perfectly level.

Also, in case the installation has an air return which is not ducted,
appropriately-sized grilles must be foreseen in the space formed by
the ceiling, the framework and the walls so that the unit aspires the
return air from the air conditioned spaces.
Minimum free space for commissioning and maintenance operations
ASJ - 30 / 40 ASJ - 45 / 55 / 70 ASW

150mm 150mm 250mm
500mm
500mm
500mm 500mm 500mm
500mm
500mm
1000mm
1000mm
ASM ASN
750mm
500mm
750mm
500mm
1000mm
500mm
swimming pools
Anchorage for antivibrators Checks performed before commissioning
Junior BCP
the air-cooled unit
ASJ - 30 / 40 Series A B
A ASJ (mm) (mm) Air ducts connections (ASN and ASM)
ØM10
30 817 540
The air aspiration and outlet ducts must be calculated in accordance with
40 817 540 the nominal flow and the unit's available pressure (refer to the technical
characteristics table). The duct calculation and design must be made
45 1056 634
B by qualified technical personnel.
55 1056 634
It is advisable to take into consideration the following recommendations:
70 1056 634 - Curves in the fan discharge outlet(s) must be avoided. It is
recommendable to have a straight section of duct measuring
ASJ - 45 / 55 / 70 approximately 1 metre. If this is not possible, they must be as
A smooth as possible, using indoor deflectors when the duct has large
Ø18mm
dimensions.
- When making the ducts, direction sharp changes must be avoided
since they can generate occasional pressure drops, which affect
B the available pressure and the flow. The location of discharge
and aspiration grilles must be studied carefully to avoid the air
recirculation and the transmission and generation of noises to the
interior.
- Flexible connections must be made between the ducts and the unit
that avoid the noise and vibration transmission.
ASW
- No matter the type of ducts type to use, they must not be composed
A of materials that propagate fire nor expel toxic gases in the event of
Ø18mm
a fire. The internal surfaces must be smooth and should not pollute
the air that circulates within them. In any case, the effective legislation
about this issue must be respected.
ASW A B
Series (mm) (mm)
B
80 1230 900
Fan checks (ASN and ASM)
100 1230 900
- Before commissioning, check the blade rotation direction and that
the axis turns without strokes nor vibrations
- Once running, check the operation conditions: pressures, flows and
ASM consumptions.
A
Ø13mm - The coupling of characteristic curves of the fan and the room is
very important, so that the flows and pressures provided to the duct
network are as required.
ASM A B
B Series (mm) (mm)
80 1645 698
95 1645 698
ASN
A Ø18mm
ASN A B
Series (mm) (mm)
B 30 1089 692
45 1342 760
55 1342 760
65 1342 760
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Pulley and belt adjustment (ASM) Pulleys must stay on the same plane
The motorised fans on the air-cooled unit ASM are coupled using
pulleys and belts.
Tensor
screw
In this type of fans, the following must be taken into considerations:
- The pulleys must be on the same plane, so it is important to check

them with the help of a ruler or a laser aligner.
- In case they are not aligned, remove the pulley screws, remove the
pulley and, after removing the hub pin, it can be slided over the axle Pulley
(this action can be performed both in the motor as well as in the fan). screws
- After fixing the pulleys on the same plane, the belt tension is made
by tightening the tensor screw.
- The belt tension must be checked after 24 hours of motor operation. Taper pin
Cooling connections
• Dimensions of the cooling lines at different distances
Junior BCP DUAL 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
As from 6 m
Gas line 5/8” 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
As from 10 m
Gas line 3/4” 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Liquid line 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
15 m
Gas line 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 3/8” 1 3/8”
Junior BCP DUAL 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
As from 6 m
Gas line 5/8” 5/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
As from 10 m
Gas line 3/4” 3/4” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Liquid line 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
15 m
Gas line 7/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 3/8”
Once the Junior BCP units and the air-cooled unit are positioned, the Tube installation norms must be
cooling links must be laid between them. respected and inspect carefully the
tube lay out, looking for the shortest
In the case of the air-cooled units ASM and ASW CONNECT SIPHON
distance and the lowest possible
it is recommended to place a siphon in the gas line METTRE SIPHON
Æ
PONER SIFON number of curves. Also, chokes must
every 3 metres of shoulder to ease the oil return V220014
r
be avoided, using large curve radii

to the compressor.
(the curve radius must be  3.5 x  ).
For determining the equivalent length, the pressure drops
in accessories must be taken into account.
swimming pools
• Pressure drops in elbows expressed as equivalent lengths (m):
Junior BCP
Tube diameter (inches) 5/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 3/8” 1 5/8” 2 1/8”
Equivalent elbow length 45º (m) 0,30 0,39 0,48 0,60 0,75 0,90
BCP unit L liquid line

G gas line
Siphon in gas line every 3 meters of shoulder
BCP unit
Max. geometric height 30 m
Max. geometric height 15m

ASW, ASN and ASM
Air-cooled unit
Max. height 6m
L G L G L G
ASW ASJ, ASN and ASM BCP Unit

Air-cooled unit Air-cooled unit
Maximum equivalent length Maximum equivalent length Maximum equivalent length

of the cooling line: of the cooling line: of the cooling line:
ASW = 40m ASJ, ASN and ASM = 15m ASW, ASJ, ASN y ASM = 7m
Connection of the unit to the cooling lines

For the refrigerant lines, use only cooling type seamless tubes. Under - Align precisely both parts of the connection (unit and tubes). There
no circumstance use sanitary type cooper pipe. is no error risk when both tubes have different diameters.
- Run a pressure test in the cooling tubes and a search for leaks to
Following these steps is recommended:
verify the cooling installation.
- Revise and clean the tube ends to eliminate the burs from cutting
- Create a vacuum in the installation to eliminate humidity inside the
them and any other impurity that could have deposited inside or on
circuit.
the outer surface. How clean the tubes are will dictate the degree or
airtightness. Also, we will avoid the dirt formation that may collapse - Charge the unit with gas as per the data stated in the technical
some spots in the cooling circuit. characteristic table. If the equivalent length
of the cooling lines is over 6 m, an additional
- Apply isolator to the tubes, covering them and affix it with tape. The
charge will be needed per meter as per the
material used must guarantee air tightness at operating pressure
following table.
and temperature.
- Remove the plugs that protect the cooling connections of the unit Note: Check the undercooling of the fluid when filling out the "operation
precisely at the moment of connecting the tubes. verification sheets" to make sure the charge is correct.
Nominal diameter 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1” 1 1/8” 1 3/8” 1 5/8”
Indoor section (cm2) 0,149 0,444 0,900 1,505 2,282 3,120 4,290 5,346 7,850 10,100
Liquid line charge (g/m) 18 53 107 180 272 376 512 638 937 1325
Gas line charge (g/m) -- 0,19 0,38 0,64 0,97 1,33 1,83 2,30 3,30 4,00
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Characteristics
Junior BCP DUAL 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dissipated capacity remote condensation circuit (kW) 7,2 9,4 13,0 16,0 19,8 11,3 12,8 13,9
Nominal air flow (m /h)

3
3.000 4.500 4.500 6.500 6.500 9.000 10.000 10.000
Available static pressure (mm.a.c) --
Fan Number / diameter 1 / 450 2 / 360 2 / 360 2 / 450 2 / 450 1 / 630 1 / 630 1 / 630
Output (kW) 0,15 0,12 0,12 0,15 0,15 0,7 0,7 0,7
Speed (r.p.m.) 870 1.300 1.300 870 870 900 900 900
Type R-407C
Refrigerant
Total charge of the set (kg) 1,9 3,7 2,5 3,5 3,5 4 5,4 5,8
Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
Cooling connections
Gas line 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Length (mm) 880 1.114 1.114 1.114 1.114 1.288 1.288 1.288
Dimensions Width (mm) 638 744 744 744 744 1.000 1.000 1.000
Height (mm) 735 980 980 980 980 915 1.223 1.223
Weight (kg) 77 96 96 104 172 127 164 164
Sound pressure level dB(A)  42 37 37 45 45 52 52 52
Junior BCP DUAL 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dissipated capacity remote condensation circuit (kW) 7,2 9,4 13,0 16,0 19,8 11,3 12,8 13,9
Available static pressure (mm.a.c) 9 9 4 12 5 7 7 7
Fan Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Output (kW) 0,35 0,35 0,51 0,6 0,6 1,1 1,1 1,5
Speed (r.p.m.) 1.180 1.180 890 1.260 1.100 630 630 680
Liquid line 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”
Cooling connections
Gas line 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 7/8” 7/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8” 1 1/8”
Type R-407C
Refrigerant
Total charge of the set (kg) 1,3 2,9 1,8 2,9 2,7 4,3 4,1 4,5
Length (mm) 1.175 1.175 1.428 1.428 1.428 1680 1680 1680
Height (mm) 390 390 460 460 460 670 670 670
Weight (kg) 87 87 108 120 120 214 214 205
Sound pressure level dB(A)  44,5 44,5 44,4 49,6 50 56,7 56,7 58,6
 Cooling dehumidification capacity of the Junior BCP DUAL unit with the remote dual condenser in outdoor temperature conditions of 35ºC.
 The sound pressure level depends on the installation conditions and, as such, it is only indicated as a guide. Measurement conditions: in free field,
measured at a distance of 5 metres, directivity 2 and at 1.5 metres from the ground.
swimming pools
13. COMMISSIONING
Junior BCP
- Check that all the electric, hydraulic and air duct connections are in - Check the operation of the unit and verify that the current absorbed
good condition and perfectly connected. by each motor of the unit is as intended.
- In the case of remote condensation also check the cooling - All the models have a scroll compressor fitted. Verify that they turn
connections. in the correct direction and, if not, reverse the power wires.
- Once the above verifications have been carried out, the control circuit
is supplied with voltage by the automatic control switch. It is necessary SCROLL COMPRESSOR.
CHECK SENSE OF ROTATION
to leave the compressor crankcase heater with voltage for 24 hours
COMPRESSEUR SCROLL.
before starting the compressor. VÉRIFIER LE SENS DE ROTATION
COMPRESOR SCROLL.
COMPROBAR SENTIDO DE GIRO
WICHTIG: WIEDERBEHEIZUNG DER

OLWANNE
- When starting the compressor, if the
BEIDER ERSTEN INBETRIEBSETRUNZ ORDER NACH EINER
LANGEN STROMUNTER-BRECHUNG BRINGEN SIE DIE refrigerant charge has not been completed
MASCHINE UNTER SPANNUNG 24 STRUNDERLANG
and is lower than that required, the aspiration
BEVOR SIE DEN(DIE) KOMPRESSOR(EN) EINSCHALTEN
KOENNEN. pressure will be considerably lower than
normal. The low pressure pressostat connected to the compressor
IMPORTANT: CRANKCASE HEATING
FOR THE FIRSTSTART OR AFTER ALONG TIME OUT OF
aspiration will stop operating when the pressure at this point
VOLTAGE PUT THE MACHINE ON LIVE 24 HOURS BEFORE drops below the tare value (disconnecting at 0.5 bar and resetting
TO ALLOW THE COMPRESSOR(S) STARTING
automatically). Ensure the absence of any refrigerant leaks or the
IMPORTANT: SURCHAUFFE CARTER D’HUILE presence of air in the circuit
AU PREMIER DÉMARRAGE OU APRÈS UNE ABSCENCE
DE COURANT PROLONGÉE, METTRE LA MACHINE SOUS - Take temperature measurements of the liquid line and aspiration
TENSION 24 HEURES AVANT D’AUTORISER LE line as well as the outlet and aspiration pressure. Check that the
DÉMARRAGE DU(DES) COMPRESSEUR(S).
undercooling and overheating values are within the permitted limits.
IMPORTANTE: RISCALDARE IL CARTER To adjust the refrigerant charge, a schrader valve is available on the
DELL’OLIO liquid line.
AL PRIMO AVVIAMENTO U DOPO UNA INTERRUZIONE
PROLUNGATA DELLA ALIMENTAZIONE ELETTRICA,
LASCIARE LA MACCINA SOTTO TENSIONE PER 24 ORE - Check the safety elements. If any safety device is active the fault
PRIMA DI AUTORIZZARE L’AVVIAMENTO DEL(DEI) must be located and the device reset.
COMPRESSORE(I).
- Check the values selected for the humidity and temperature setpoints
IMPORTANTE: RECALENTAMIENTO DE (optional) on the control command panel. Factory values: 80% RH
ACEITE DEL CÁRTER
ANTES DEL PRIMER ARRANQUE O DESPUÉS DE UNA and 20ºC.
AUSENCIA DE CORRIENTE POR UN LARGO PERIODO DE
TIEMPO, CONVIENE QUE LA UNIDAD ESTÉ CONECTADA - With the CIATpool electronic control (optional) the differential
UN MÍNIMO DE 24 HORAS.
established between the air and water temperatures must also be
checked . The air temperature must be 2 or 3ºC higher than the water
temperature in order to avoid condensation on the walls and windows
- Check that the electrical power supply matches the unit voltage and inside the premises.
that its value lies within acceptable limits.
- Check the position of the manually adjusted bypass damper adjusting
- Proceed to fill the hydraulic circuit (in models with water condenser):
the opening percentage according to the installation requirements.
• Open the water circuit valves and ensure that the water circulates
around the exchanger with the pump in service. - Check the response of the motorised free-cooling dampers (optional).
• Bleed the air in the hydraulic circuit. - The doors and windows must be closed in order to facilitate the air
• Check the operation of the water flow switch and of the water and water temperature rise. The free-cooling dampers (optional)
circulation pump. must be fitted in the minimum opening position..
swimming pools
Junior BCP
14. DISTRIBUTION OF COMPONENTS
Junior BCP 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60 with horizontal outlet
Door switch Digital

controllers
Water inlet
auxiliary coil
Condenser outlet
(according to the model)
Condenser inlet
Water outlet
auxiliary coil
Electric power
supply
Hot water auxiliary
Evaporating coil coil (optional)
Auxiliary electrical
Condensing coil heaters (optional)
Compressor For the Junior BCP - 20 / 30 / 40 / 50 / 60 units with vertical outlet,

the only change in the inside distribution of components is the position
Outlet fan of the fan.
Filter G3(std)
/ G4(opt)
Water condenser
Condensates Condensates
drain pan drain outlet Electric panel
Junior BCP 70 / 80 / 90 assembly M00
Auxiliary coil
water inlet
Outlet fan
Auxiliary coil
water outlet
Auxiliary
electrical heaters Hot water auxiliary
(optional) coil (optional)
Condensing coil
Filter G3(std) Evaporating coil For the Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 units with assemblies M10, M01,
/ G4(opt)
Condensates M11, M02, M12 the changes in the inside distribution of components
drain pan
are: the fan position and the position of the set formed by the outlet
Condensates
Digital drain outlet grille and filter.
controlers
Condenser outlet
In the Junior BCP - 70 / 80 / 90 units with assemblies M00, M01
Water condenser
Door switch and M02, the electric panel is supplied in a watertight box for remote
Electric panel Compressor
(according to installation (remote control panel).
assembly)
Condenser inlet
Electric
power supply
Independent module for the return fan
Mixing
damper
Return fan Servomotors

dampers
Electrical
connection box
swimming pools
15. MAINTENANCE
Junior BCP
The minimal maintenance operations and their periodicity will be made The steps to be followed are described below in order to access the
according to the national regulations. various unit elements for cleaning and maintenance operations:
Any intervention on the electric cooling components must be made by

a qualified and authorized technician.
Access to the electric panel
Caution: Before intervening in the unit, cut off main - First, set the door switch to 0.
power.
Models 20 to 60:
V-220004
- Unscrew the screws which hold the door on which the switch is fitted
and pull down. The electric panel is fitted at the top.
General recommendations:
In general, a corrosion control must be performed on the metallic parts
of the unit (frame, bodywork, exchangers, electric panel, etc.). All the
electric connection states must be checked as well, as well as the air
tightness of the different circuits.
Refrigerant
Qualified personnel must perform a periodic control to air tightness
depending on the refrigerant charge, in accordance with the regulation
(CE) Nº 842/2006.
Note: Never forget that the cooling systems contain liquids and vapours
under pressure.
- All necessary precautions must be taken during the partial opening
of the cooling circuit. This opening entails the discharge of a certain Door switch
amount of refrigerant to the atmosphere. It is essential to limit this
quantity of lost refrigerant to a minimum by pumping and isolating Off/On
the charge in some other part of the circuit. Models 70 to 90:
- The refrigerant fluid at low temperature can cause inflammatory • Assemblies M10, M11 and M12: Unscrew the screws which hold
injuries similar to burns when contacting the skin or eyes. Always the door on which the switch is fitted and pull down.
use protection glasses, gloves, etc. when opening ducts that may
contain liquids.
- The refrigerant in excess must be stored in appropriate containers
and the amount of refrigerant stored at the technical rooms must be
limited.
- Refrigerant barrels and deposits must be handled with precaution
and visible warning signs must be placed to attract attention over
the risks of intoxication, fire and explosion linked to the refrigerant.
- At the end of its useful life, the refrigerant must be retrieved and
recycled as per the current regulations.
Oil
- Check the oil level and aspect. In case of a colour change, check
the oil quality using a contamination test.
- In the case of the presence of acid, water or metallic particles, replace Off/On
the affected circuit oil, as well as the dehydrant filter.
- In the event of an oil charge change, only new oil will be used, which
will be identical to the original oil and taken from a can tightly closed Screws Door switch
until the moment of the charge.
Note: Both the oil type as well as the volume needed for each model are • Assemblies M00, M01 and M02: The electric panel is supplied in
stated in the Technical characteristic table in chapter 4. a watertight box for remote installation (remote control panel).
swimming pools
Junior BCP
CIATpool electronic control (optional) Recommendations:
- Verify that the turbine and the motor remain clean.

The CIATpool electronic control,
optional in Junior BCP units, is - Plan a set of replacement belts for the fan.
supplied separate from the unit in a - The motor and the fan have bearings that have been lubricated and
watertight box. sealed and which, therefore, do not need further lubrication.
Return fan access (optional)

The return fan and the free-cooling dampers are supplied in an
Access to supply fan independent module.
- First, set the door switch to 0. - First, set the door switch to 0.
- Subsequently unscrew the screws which hold the doors on which - Subsequently unscrew the screws which hold the doors on which
the following sticker is featured: the following sticker is featured:
Junior BCP 20 to 60 - Follow the same maintenance recommendations as for the supply
fan.
swimming pools
Extraction of the air filters
Junior BCP
Models 20 to 60: - The mesh fastening rods must be dismantled as shown in the
In these units the filter is removed from the side for maintenance following photo:
purposes. Simply release the stops which encase the filters and
remove. The following diagram shows a filter which has been displaced
for removal:
Models 70 to 90 optional return

In assemblies M10, M11 and M12, the return is ducted and the filter
removal for maintenance is lateral.
- Simply release the stops which encase the filter and remove.
Models 70 to 90 optional return
In assemblies M00, M01 and M02 the return cannot be ducted.

- For the extraction of the filtering mesh the set comprised of the return
grille and the filter has to be unscrewed.
Recommendations:
- Clean usually. Depending on the installation conditions, the filter

aspect must be examined to define the cleaning periodicity.
- Standard and G4 filter (optional): Cleaning the filtering mesh can be
done with a household vacuum cleaner, or else by submerging it in
water.
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Access to the condensates pan Access to the water condenser
Models 20 to 60 Models 40 to 60 (optional)

The access to the condensates drain pan is via the access panel to The access to the heat recovery plate exchanger, optional in these
the compressors, above the condensates drain. models, is via the access door to the compressors.
Condenser outlet
Access door Condensates outlet Water Access door Condenser inlet

condenser
Models 70 to 90 Models 70 to 90 (standard)

The access to the condensates drain pan is via the access door to The access to the plate exchanger is via the access door to the
the compressors. compressors.
Outlet
condenser
Water
condenser
Inlet
Access door Condensates outlet Access door condenser
Recommendations: Recommendations:
- Check that the condensates pan is clean. Check that the pan is tilted - In the case of a longer standstill, leave the exchanger full of water
towards the drain and that there is no stagnant water. pool without flowing or empty may cause corrosion problems. During
periods of inactivity it is mandatory to fill up the hydraulic circuit of
- Check that the drain is not clogged.
the exchanger completely with demineralised water. To isolate the
- Cleaning of the pan can be done with water and non-abrasive hydraulic circuit of the rest of the installation, the installer must have
detergent. shut-off valves at the input and output, and a drain for emptying.
swimming pools
16. CONTROL AND ANALYSIS OF BREAKDOWNS
Junior BCP
Symptom Cause Solution
Evaporation pressure very high in a) Charge excess a) Collect refrigerant

relation with the air inlet b) High air temperature b) Regulate / check overheating.
c) Compressor aspiration not air tight c) Verify compressor state and replace
d) Cycle reversing valve in middle position d) Check that the valve is not clogged. Replace if
necessary
Very low condensation pressure a) Gas lack a) Search for leaks, complete charge
b) Compressor aspiration not air tight b) Verify compressor state and replace
c) Cycle inversion valve in middle position c) Check that the valve is not clogged. Replace if
necessary
d) Liquid circuit plugging d) Verify the dehydrating filter and expansion valve
Condensation pressure very high in a) Air flow / insufficient water a) Verify the air circuits (flow, filter cleanliness...)
relation to the air outlet, high pressostat b) Air inlet temperature very high b) Verify the control thermostat setting. Check outlet/
cutoff c) Dirty condenser (does not exchange) return grilles
d) Much refrigerant charge (flooded condenser) c) Clean it
e) The fan (air) / or the pump (condenser water d) Collect refrigerant
breakdown e) Repair
f) Air in the cooling circuit f) Make vacuum and load
Evaporation pressure too low (low a) Low flow in evaporator. Air recirculation a) Verify the air circuits (flow, filter cleanliness...)
pressostat cutoff) b) Frozen evaporator b) Verify defrost
c) Firmly shut expansion valve. c) Regulate and check overheating
d) The liquid circuit before and after the expansion d) Dismount and clean the expansion valve. Replace
valve is clogged with impurities. filter
e) Gas lack e) Search for leaks, complete charge
f) Very low condensation pressure f) Air temp. in the condenser very low (air flow very
high). Adjust the flow.
g) Broken evaporator fan g) Repair it
Compressor does not start, does not a) No power a) Check differential, fuses
make noise (humming) b) The contacts of a control element are open b) Verify the safety chain of the electronic control
c) Timing of anti cycle short does not allow the c) Verify electronic control
starting
d) Open contact d) Replace
e) Contactor coil burnt e) Replace
f) Indoor Klixon open f) Wait for reactivation, verify intensity absorbed
Compressor does not start, motor a) Electrical power supply very low a) Control line voltage and locate voltage drop
sounds intermittently b) Power cable disconnected b) Verify connections
Repeated compressor starts and stops a) Because of high pressure a) Verify charge
b) Control differential too short (short cycle) b) Increase differential
c) Gas lack, cutoff because of low pressure
d) Dirty or frosted evaporator c) Search for leak, reload unit
e) The evaporator fan does not work, cuts off the low d) Clean, verify evaporator air circuit
pressostat e) Replace or repair
f) Expansion valve damaged or clogged by
impurities (cuts off low pressostat) f) Replace, as well as filter
g) Dehydrating filter clogged (cuts off low safety) g) Replace
The compressor makes a noise a) Loose attachment a) Fix

b) Oil lack b) Add oil to recommended level
c) Compressor noise c) Replace
Noisy operation a) Unit installed without antivibration protection. a) Place base over shock absorbers
Alarm or reading error in the humidity a) Dirt in the humidity sensor a) Disassembly the probe encapsule
probe (with CIATpool electronic control) b) Proceed to clean the sensor with a soft cotton
element and non-abrasive fluid, without pressing
it.
c) Reassemble the casing, checking that the
cable is in contact externally with the metallic
mesh
swimming pools
Junior BCP
Notes:

Submittal PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Submittal PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Project Title: DVP

Main Contractor: Pentagram Design

Consultant: Swiss Gulf Engineering SGE

Available static pressure

HOT WATER COIL

Total absorbed power

United Technologies Corporation (UTC) is a leading provider

Since January 2015, is part of UTC Climate,

>5 300 7 Centers 10

Global system Indoor Air Quality Comfort Energy

CIAT pursues an exemplary quality approach to developing

Cassettes, fan coil units

Water-to-water heat pumps

Thermal energy storage,

The optimisation offered by Smart CIATControl allow an average energy saving

HVAC EXPERTS CLOSE AT HAND From project analysis

99% 540 70,000

HVAC EUROPE R&D CENTRE

> 780 7 platforms 94,000m²

1965 1980 2007 2016

 Heat recovery system &

FACTORY MODERNISATION AIRSIDE SPECIALIST

 New production lines  Increased Productivity

 New metal shop  High Flexibility

 New paint shop

New paint shop

New production lines

Fan coil units Ductable units Cassettes

BCV - BSH - SPN

COREVA OPTIMA CORELIS

Shell and tubes (50kw to 3000kW ) (50 to 7000kW ) (up to 32 Bar)

> 800 7,500m² 32,000m²

Compressor Accredited Lead & Design

1996 2000 2004 2010 2015

 3-D design  Air-cooled unit test

 Total test capacity of

AQUACIAT AQUACIATPOWER POWERCIAT2

Air-cooled (40-160kW) (160-660kW) (600-1350kW)

DYNACIAT DYNACIATPOWER HYDROCIAT HYDROCIATTURBO

Water-cooled (20-190kW) (220-710kW) (270-1750kW) (1170-1600kW)

1986 1992 1999 2000 2001 2002 2005 2011 2016

1999 2000 2002 2016

SPACE PF SPACE PF SPACE

(3,200 to (14,400 to (9,600 to (14,400 to

HCOMPACT2 VCOMPACT N-NE

PACKAGED (2,000 to 8,400 m3/h) (2,000 to 16,800 m3/h)

El Fabricante / The Manufacturer / Le Fabricant:

COMPAÑÍA INDUSTRIAL DE APLICACIONES TÉRMICAS, S.A.

Marca / Trademark / Marque : CIAT

Denominación Producto / Designation / Désignation:

Montilla, 18 de Mayo de 2018

Junior BCP Series

Heating and dehumidification

DESCRIPTION BASIC DIAGRAMS

CIATpool electronic control

Front outlet (standard) Top outlet (optional)

M00 M10 M01 M11 M02 M12

SOUND LEVELS dB(A)

Junior BCP 20 30 40M 40 50 60 70 80 90

Supply fan dB(A) 63 64 71 71 72 77,5 72 73,5 74,2

Sound pressure level

Junior BCP 20 30 40M 40 50 60 70 80 90

Heating capacity (kW) 7,2 9,4 13 16 19,8 11,3 12,8 13,9